Detect 64-bit-ness in PowerPC Book III-E
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "interps.h"
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
231
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
233
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 {
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
245
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
252 the inferior. */
253 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
254
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
257 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
258
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
266 UGLL_INSERT
267 };
268
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
270
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
274
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
301 from. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
319 breakpoints. */
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
321
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
324
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
327
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
334
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
339 dprintf_style_gdb,
340 dprintf_style_call,
341 dprintf_style_agent,
342 NULL
343 };
344 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
345
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
350
351 static char *dprintf_function = "";
352
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
360
361 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
362
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
364 has disconnected. */
365 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
366
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
370 {
371 /* The reference count. */
372 int refc;
373
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line *commands;
376 };
377
378 struct command_line *
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
380 {
381 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
382 }
383
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
386
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
388
389 const char *
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
391 {
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
394 a breakpoint. */
395 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
396
397 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
398 }
399
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
404
405 static void
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 const char *value)
409 {
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 value);
414 }
415
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
421 static void
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
423 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 const char *value)
425 {
426 fprintf_filtered (file,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 value);
430 }
431
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
437 static void
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c,
440 const char *value)
441 {
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
455
456 static void
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
458 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
459 {
460 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 value);
462 }
463
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
465
466 int
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
468 {
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
470 {
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
474 return 1;
475 }
476 else if (target_has_execution)
477 {
478 if (always_inserted_mode)
479 {
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
481 are stopped. */
482 return 1;
483 }
484
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 return 1;
487 }
488 return 0;
489 }
490
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
492
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto,
499 condition_evaluation_host,
500 condition_evaluation_target,
501 NULL
502 };
503
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
506
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
510
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
514 evaluation mode. */
515
516 static const char *
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
518 {
519 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
520 {
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target;
523 else
524 return condition_evaluation_host;
525 }
526 else
527 return mode;
528 }
529
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
531
532 static const char *
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
534 {
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
536 }
537
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
539 otherwise. */
540
541 static int
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
543 {
544 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
545
546 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
547 }
548
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
550
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
553
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled;
556
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
559
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
563
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
565
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
569 B = TMP)
570
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
574
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
578 BP_TMP++)
579
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
589 BP_LOCP_START \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
593
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
595
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
599
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
601
602 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
603
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
605
606 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
607
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
609
610 static unsigned bp_location_count;
611
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
617
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
619
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
625
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
627
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
630 by a target. */
631 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
632
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
634
635 static int breakpoint_count;
636
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
642
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
644
645 static int tracepoint_count;
646
647 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
648 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
649 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
650
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
652 static int
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
654 {
655 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
656 }
657
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
659
660 static void
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
662 {
663 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
664 breakpoint_count = num;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
666 }
667
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
671
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
673 breakpoint made. */
674
675 void
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
677 {
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
679 }
680
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
682 breakpoint made. */
683
684 void
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
686 {
687 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
688 }
689
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
691
692 void
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
694 {
695 struct breakpoint *b;
696
697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
698 b->hit_count = 0;
699 }
700
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
703
704 static struct counted_command_line *
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
706 {
707 struct counted_command_line *result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
709
710 result->refc = 1;
711 result->commands = commands;
712 return result;
713 }
714
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
716
717 static void
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
719 {
720 if (cmd)
721 ++cmd->refc;
722 }
723
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
727
728 static void
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
730 {
731 if (*cmdp)
732 {
733 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
734 {
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
736 xfree (*cmdp);
737 }
738 *cmdp = NULL;
739 }
740 }
741
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
743
744 static void
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
746 {
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
748 }
749
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
751 argument. */
752
753 static struct cleanup *
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
755 {
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
757 }
758
759 \f
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
762
763 struct breakpoint *
764 get_breakpoint (int num)
765 {
766 struct breakpoint *b;
767
768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
769 if (b->number == num)
770 return b;
771
772 return NULL;
773 }
774
775 \f
776
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
779
780 static void
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
782 {
783 struct bp_location *loc;
784
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
788 side. */
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
791 return;
792
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
794 return;
795
796 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
797 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
798 }
799
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802
803 static void
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
805 {
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
809 side. */
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
812
813 return;
814
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
816 return;
817
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
819 }
820
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
823
824 static void
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
826 struct cmd_list_element *c)
827 {
828 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
829
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
832 {
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
836 return;
837 }
838
839 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
840 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
841
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
845
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode != old_mode)
848 {
849 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
852
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
855 */
856
857 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
858 {
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
860 target. */
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
863 }
864 else
865 {
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
871 loc->needs_update = 1;
872 }
873
874 /* Do the update. */
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
876 }
877
878 return;
879 }
880
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
883
884 static void
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
886 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
887 {
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
889 fprintf_filtered (file,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
892 value,
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
894 else
895 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
896 value);
897 }
898
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
902
903 static int
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
905 {
906 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
907 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
908
909 if (a->address == b->address)
910 return 0;
911 else
912 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
913 }
914
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
918 return NULL. */
919
920 static struct bp_location **
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
922 {
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
924 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
925 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
926
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
929 dummy_loc.address = address;
930
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs);
935
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found == NULL)
938 return NULL;
939
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
944 locp_found--;
945
946 return locp_found;
947 }
948
949 void
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
951 int from_tty)
952 {
953 xfree (b->cond_string);
954 b->cond_string = NULL;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 xfree (w->cond_exp);
961 w->cond_exp = NULL;
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 struct bp_location *loc;
966
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
968 {
969 xfree (loc->cond);
970 loc->cond = NULL;
971
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
975 }
976 }
977
978 if (*exp == 0)
979 {
980 if (from_tty)
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
982 }
983 else
984 {
985 const char *arg = exp;
986
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
990 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
991
992 if (is_watchpoint (b))
993 {
994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
995
996 innermost_block = NULL;
997 arg = exp;
998 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
999 if (*arg)
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1002 }
1003 else
1004 {
1005 struct bp_location *loc;
1006
1007 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1008 {
1009 arg = exp;
1010 loc->cond =
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1012 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1013 if (*arg)
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1019
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1021 }
1022
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1024
1025 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1027 const char *text, const char *word)
1028 {
1029 const char *space;
1030
1031 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1032 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1033 if (*space == '\0')
1034 {
1035 int len;
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1038
1039 if (text[0] == '$')
1040 {
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1043 return NULL;
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len = strlen (text);
1049
1050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1051 {
1052 char number[50];
1053
1054 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1055
1056 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1058 }
1059
1060 return result;
1061 }
1062
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1066 }
1067
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1069
1070 static void
1071 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1072 {
1073 struct breakpoint *b;
1074 char *p;
1075 int bnum;
1076
1077 if (arg == 0)
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1079
1080 p = arg;
1081 bnum = get_number (&p);
1082 if (bnum == 0)
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1084
1085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1086 if (b->number == bnum)
1087 {
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1093
1094 if (extlang != NULL)
1095 {
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1099 }
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1101
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1104
1105 return;
1106 }
1107
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1114
1115 static void
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1117 {
1118 struct command_line *c;
1119
1120 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1121 {
1122 int i;
1123
1124 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1127
1128 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1130
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1136
1137 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1139 }
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1146 {
1147 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1148 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1150 }
1151
1152 int
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1154 {
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1156 }
1157
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1160 found. */
1161
1162 static void
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1164 struct command_line *commands)
1165 {
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1167 {
1168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1169 struct command_line *c;
1170 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1171
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1174 ones might not. */
1175 t->step_count = 0;
1176
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1188 {
1189 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1190 {
1191 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1197
1198 if (while_stepping)
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1201 else
1202 while_stepping = c;
1203 }
1204
1205 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1206 }
1207 if (while_stepping)
1208 {
1209 struct command_line *c2;
1210
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1212 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1213 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1214 {
1215 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1217 }
1218 }
1219 }
1220 else
1221 {
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1228
1229 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1231 {
1232 struct breakpoint *b;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1234 struct bp_location *loc;
1235
1236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1237 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1238 {
1239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1240 if (loc->address == addr)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1242 }
1243
1244 return found;
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1252 struct command_line *commands)
1253 {
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1255
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1257 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1263 commands. */
1264
1265 void
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1267 {
1268 int old_silent = b->silent;
1269
1270 b->silent = silent;
1271 if (old_silent != silent)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1277
1278 void
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1280 {
1281 int old_thread = b->thread;
1282
1283 b->thread = thread;
1284 if (old_thread != thread)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1290
1291 void
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1293 {
1294 int old_task = b->task;
1295
1296 b->task = task;
1297 if (old_task != task)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1299 }
1300
1301 void
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1303 {
1304 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1305
1306 validate_actionline (line, b);
1307 }
1308
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1311
1312 struct commands_info
1313 {
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1315 int from_tty;
1316
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1318 char *arg;
1319
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line *control;
1323
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1325 yet been read. */
1326 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1327 };
1328
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1331
1332 static void
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1334 {
1335 struct commands_info *info = data;
1336
1337 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1338 {
1339 struct command_line *l;
1340
1341 if (info->control != NULL)
1342 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1343 else
1344 {
1345 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1346 char *str;
1347
1348 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1350 info->arg);
1351
1352 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1353
1354 l = read_command_lines (str,
1355 info->from_tty, 1,
1356 (is_tracepoint (b)
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1358 b);
1359
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1361 }
1362
1363 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1367 do anything. */
1368 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1369 {
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1373 b->commands = info->cmd;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378 static void
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1380 struct command_line *control)
1381 {
1382 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1383 struct commands_info info;
1384
1385 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1386 info.control = control;
1387 info.cmd = NULL;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1391
1392 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1393 {
1394 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1395 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1396 breakpoint_count);
1397 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1398 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1399 else
1400 {
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1404 arg = NULL;
1405 }
1406 }
1407 else
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1409 our argument. */
1410 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1411
1412 if (arg != NULL)
1413 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1414
1415 info.arg = arg;
1416
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1418
1419 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1421
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1423 }
1424
1425 static void
1426 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1427 {
1428 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1433
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1438 {
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1440 return simple_control;
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1444
1445 static int
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1447 {
1448 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1449 return 0;
1450 if (!bl->inserted)
1451 return 0;
1452 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1454 return 0;
1455 return 1;
1456 }
1457
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1460 contents.
1461
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1465
1466 static void
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1468 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1470 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1472 {
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1475 int bp_size = 0;
1476 int bptoffset = 0;
1477
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1479 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1480 {
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1482 return;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1486 we need to copy. */
1487 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1488 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1489
1490 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1491 {
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1493 reading. */
1494 return;
1495 }
1496
1497 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1498 {
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1500 reading. */
1501 return;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1506 {
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1509 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1510 bp_addr = memaddr;
1511 }
1512
1513 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1514 {
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1517 }
1518
1519 if (readbuf != NULL)
1520 {
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1524 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info->shadow_len));
1526
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1528 shadow. */
1529 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1530 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1531 }
1532 else
1533 {
1534 const unsigned char *bp;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1536 int placed_size;
1537
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1540 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1541
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1543 address. */
1544 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1545
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1549 }
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1554
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1558
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1567 and:
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1569
1570 void
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1572 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1574 {
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1576 search. */
1577 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1578 size_t i;
1579
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1583
1584 bc_l = 0;
1585 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1586 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1587 {
1588 struct bp_location *bl;
1589
1590 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1591 bl = bp_location[bc];
1592
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1597
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1601
1602 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1603 >= bl->address)
1604 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 <= memaddr))
1606 bc_l = bc;
1607 else
1608 bc_r = bc;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1616 B:
1617
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1619
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1623 and L2. */
1624 while (bc_l > 0
1625 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1626 bc_l--;
1627
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1629
1630 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1631 {
1632 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1634 int bp_size = 0;
1635 int bptoffset = 0;
1636
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1640 bl->owner->number);
1641
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1643 content. */
1644
1645 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1648 break;
1649
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1651 continue;
1652
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1654 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1655 }
1656 }
1657
1658 \f
1659
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1661 breakpoint. */
1662
1663 int
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1665 {
1666 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1669 }
1670
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1672
1673 static int
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1675 {
1676 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1679 }
1680
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1682 software. */
1683
1684 int
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1686 {
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1688 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1689 }
1690
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1699
1700 static int
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1702 {
1703 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1707 }
1708
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1711
1712 static void
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1714 {
1715 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1716
1717 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1718 {
1719 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1720 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1721 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1723 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1724 }
1725 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1726 }
1727
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1729 watchpoint W. */
1730
1731 static struct value *
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1733 {
1734 struct value *bit_val;
1735
1736 if (val == NULL)
1737 return NULL;
1738
1739 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1740
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1742 w->val_bitpos,
1743 w->val_bitsize,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1745 value_offset (val),
1746 val);
1747
1748 return bit_val;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1755 in b->loc->cond.
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1757
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 it.
1761
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1770
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 not changed.
1780
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1783
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1786
1787 [linux]
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1799
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802
1803 static void
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1805 {
1806 int within_current_scope;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1808 int frame_saved;
1809
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1814 return;
1815
1816 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1817 return;
1818
1819 frame_saved = 0;
1820
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1823 within_current_scope = 1;
1824 else
1825 {
1826 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1829
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1834 return;
1835
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1840 selected frame. */
1841 frame_saved = 1;
1842 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1843
1844 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1845 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1846 if (within_current_scope)
1847 select_frame (fi);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1853 b->base.loc = NULL;
1854
1855 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1856 {
1857 const char *s;
1858
1859 if (b->exp)
1860 {
1861 xfree (b->exp);
1862 b->exp = NULL;
1863 }
1864 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1865 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b->val);
1871 b->val = NULL;
1872 b->val_valid = 0;
1873
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1878 {
1879 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1880 {
1881 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1882 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1883 }
1884
1885 s = b->base.cond_string;
1886 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution)
1896 {
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1901 {
1902 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1903 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1904 else
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1907 }
1908 }
1909 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1910 {
1911 int pc = 0;
1912 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1913 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1914
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1916
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1922 watchpoints. */
1923 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1924 {
1925 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1926 {
1927 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1928 if (v != NULL)
1929 release_value (v);
1930 }
1931 b->val = v;
1932 b->val_valid = 1;
1933 }
1934
1935 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1936
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1939 {
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1946 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1947 {
1948 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1949
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1953 if (v == result
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1956 {
1957 CORE_ADDR addr;
1958 int type;
1959 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1960 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1961
1962 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1965 sub-expression. */
1966 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1967 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1968 }
1969 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1970 {
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1975 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1976 }
1977
1978 addr = value_address (v);
1979 if (bitsize != 0)
1980 {
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1982 addr += bitpos / 8;
1983 }
1984
1985 type = hw_write;
1986 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1987 type = hw_read;
1988 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1989 type = hw_access;
1990
1991 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1992 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1993 ;
1994 *tmp = loc;
1995 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1996
1997 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1998 loc->address = addr;
1999
2000 if (bitsize != 0)
2001 {
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2004 }
2005 else
2006 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2007
2008 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 }
2012
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2016 is started. */
2017 if (reparse)
2018 {
2019 int reg_cnt;
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2021 struct bp_location *bl;
2022
2023 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2024
2025 if (reg_cnt)
2026 {
2027 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2028 enum bptype type;
2029
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2033
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2038
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type = b->base.type;
2043 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2044 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2045
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2050 manually. */
2051
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2054
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2057
2058 target_resources_ok
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2060 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2061 {
2062 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2063
2064 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2070
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 {
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2079 nop. */
2080 b->base.type = type;
2081 }
2082 }
2083 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2084 {
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2088 else
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2091 }
2092 else
2093 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2094
2095 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2097 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2098 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2099 }
2100
2101 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2102 {
2103 next = value_next (v);
2104 if (v != b->val)
2105 value_free (v);
2106 }
2107
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2113 {
2114 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2115 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2116 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2117 base->loc->address = -1;
2118 base->loc->length = -1;
2119 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2120 }
2121 }
2122 else if (!within_current_scope)
2123 {
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2127 b->base.number);
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2132 if (frame_saved)
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2134 }
2135
2136
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2142 static int
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2144 {
2145 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2146 return 0;
2147
2148 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2149 return 0;
2150
2151 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2152 return 0;
2153
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2155 return 0;
2156
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2166 return 0;
2167
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2169 location. */
2170 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2173 bl->address))
2174 {
2175 if (debug_infrun)
2176 {
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2181 }
2182 return 0;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2189 {
2190 if (debug_infrun)
2191 {
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2196 bl->length);
2197 }
2198 return 0;
2199 }
2200
2201 return 1;
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2206
2207 static int
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2209 {
2210 int result;
2211 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2212
2213 bl->duplicate = 0;
2214 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2215 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2216 return result;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2223
2224 static struct agent_expr *
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2226 {
2227 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2229
2230 if (!cond)
2231 return NULL;
2232
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2236 {
2237 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2238 }
2239
2240 if (ex.reason < 0)
2241 {
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2245 return NULL;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2249 return aexpr;
2250 }
2251
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2257
2258 static void
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2260 {
2261 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2263 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2264 struct bp_location *loc;
2265
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2268
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2272 side. */
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2275 return;
2276
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2283 {
2284 loc = (*loc2p);
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2286 {
2287 if (modified)
2288 {
2289 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2290
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2296 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2297
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2300 to the target. */
2301 if (aexpr)
2302 continue;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2308 {
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2310 break;
2311 }
2312 }
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2318
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2322 {
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2324 {
2325 loc = (*loc2p);
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 {
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2329 located. */
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2331 return;
2332
2333 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2334 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2342 {
2343 loc = (*loc2p);
2344 if (loc->cond
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2346 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2347 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2348 && loc->enabled)
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2352 loc->cond_bytecode);
2353 }
2354
2355 return;
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2361
2362 static struct agent_expr *
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2364 {
2365 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2366 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2367 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2369 const char *cmdrest;
2370 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2371 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2372 int nargs;
2373 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2374
2375 if (!cmd)
2376 return NULL;
2377
2378 cmdrest = cmd;
2379
2380 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2381 ++cmdrest;
2382 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2383
2384 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2386
2387 format_start = cmdrest;
2388
2389 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2390
2391 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2392
2393 format_end = cmdrest;
2394
2395 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2397
2398 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2399
2400 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2402
2403 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2404 cmdrest++;
2405 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2406
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2408
2409 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2411
2412 nargs = 0;
2413 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2414 {
2415 const char *cmd1;
2416
2417 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2418 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2419 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2420 cmdrest = cmd1;
2421 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2422 ++cmdrest;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2428 {
2429 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2430 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2431 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2432 }
2433
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2435
2436 if (ex.reason < 0)
2437 {
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2441 return NULL;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2445 return aexpr;
2446 }
2447
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2451
2452 static void
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2454 {
2455 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2457 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2458 struct bp_location *loc;
2459
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2462
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2464 return;
2465
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2468 return;
2469
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2473 control. */
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2475 {
2476 loc = (*loc2p);
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2478 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2479 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2489 {
2490 loc = (*loc2p);
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2492 {
2493 if (modified)
2494 {
2495 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2496
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2502 loc->owner->extra_string);
2503 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2504
2505 if (!aexpr)
2506 continue;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2512 {
2513 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2514 break;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2520 and so clean up. */
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2522 {
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2524 {
2525 loc = (*loc2p);
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2527 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2528 {
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2530 located. */
2531 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2532 return;
2533
2534 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2535 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2543 {
2544 loc = (*loc2p);
2545 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2548 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2549 && loc->enabled)
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2553 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2554 }
2555
2556 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2559 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2566 -1 for failure.
2567
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2570 static int
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2573 int *disabled_breaks,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2576 {
2577 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2578 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2580
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2582 return 0;
2583
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2594 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2595 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2596
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2601
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2603 {
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl->needs_update = 0;
2608 }
2609
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2612 {
2613 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2614 {
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2618
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2626 so we undo.
2627
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2632 gdb. */
2633 struct mem_region *mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2635
2636 if (mr)
2637 {
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2639 {
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2641
2642 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2643 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2644 else
2645 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2646
2647 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2648 {
2649 static int said = 0;
2650
2651 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2652 if (!said)
2653 {
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2658 said = 1;
2659 }
2660 }
2661 }
2662 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2664 {
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2669 bl->owner->number,
2670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2671 return 1;
2672 }
2673 }
2674 }
2675
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2678 || bl->section == NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2680 {
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2683 {
2684 int val;
2685
2686 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2687 if (val)
2688 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2689 }
2690 if (e.reason < 0)
2691 {
2692 bp_err = e.error;
2693 bp_err_message = e.message;
2694 }
2695 }
2696 else
2697 {
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2701 {
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2707 bl->owner->number);
2708 else
2709 {
2710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2711 bl->section);
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2714 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2715
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2718 {
2719 int val;
2720
2721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2723 if (val)
2724 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2725 }
2726 if (e.reason < 0)
2727 {
2728 bp_err = e.error;
2729 bp_err_message = e.message;
2730 }
2731
2732 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2736 bl->owner->number);
2737 }
2738 }
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2741 {
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2744 {
2745 int val;
2746
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2748 if (val)
2749 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2750 }
2751 if (e.reason < 0)
2752 {
2753 bp_err = e.error;
2754 bp_err_message = e.message;
2755 }
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2761 return 0;
2762 }
2763 }
2764
2765 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2766 {
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2768
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2778 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2781 bl->address)))
2782 {
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2787 {
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2790 bl->owner->number);
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2794 }
2795 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2798 return 0;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2803 {
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2811 }
2812 else
2813 {
2814 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2815 {
2816 char *message
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2818 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2819 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2820
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2823 "%s\n",
2824 bl->owner->number, message);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2826 }
2827 else
2828 {
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2831 bl->owner->number,
2832 bp_err_message);
2833 }
2834 }
2835 return 1;
2836
2837 }
2838 }
2839 else
2840 bl->inserted = 1;
2841
2842 return 0;
2843 }
2844
2845 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2849 {
2850 int val;
2851
2852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2854
2855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2856
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2860 {
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2862
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2865 of this one. */
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2867 if (loc != bl
2868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2870 {
2871 bl->duplicate = 1;
2872 bl->inserted = 1;
2873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2875 val = 0;
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 if (val == 1)
2880 {
2881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2883
2884 if (val)
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2891 }
2892
2893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2894 {
2895 int val;
2896
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2899
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2901 if (val)
2902 {
2903 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2904
2905 if (val == 1)
2906 warning (_("\
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2909 else
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2911 }
2912
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2914
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2918 return 0;
2919 }
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2926 PSPACE anymore. */
2927
2928 void
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2930 {
2931 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2932 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2933
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2936 {
2937 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *tmp;
2946
2947 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2948 {
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2951 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2952 else
2953 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2954 if (tmp->next == loc)
2955 {
2956 tmp->next = loc->next;
2957 break;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 }
2961
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2965 }
2966
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2971 void
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2975
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2978 {
2979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2980
2981 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2991
2992 void
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2994 {
2995 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2996
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2998 {
2999 callback (loc, NULL);
3000 }
3001 }
3002
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3009 {
3010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3011 int error_flag = 0;
3012 int val = 0;
3013 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3016
3017 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3019
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3023
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3025
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3027 {
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3029 breakpoints. */
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3031 continue;
3032
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3037 continue;
3038
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3040
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3051 if (val)
3052 error_flag = val;
3053 }
3054
3055 if (error_flag)
3056 {
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3059 }
3060
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3062 }
3063
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3065
3066 static void
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3068 {
3069 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 int error_flag = 0;
3072 int val = 0;
3073 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3076
3077 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3079
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3083
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3085
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3087 {
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3096 continue;
3097
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3099
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3106 continue;
3107
3108 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3110 if (val)
3111 error_flag = val;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3117 {
3118 int some_failed = 0;
3119 struct bp_location *loc;
3120
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3122 continue;
3123
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3125 continue;
3126
3127 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3128 continue;
3129
3130 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3131 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3132 {
3133 some_failed = 1;
3134 break;
3135 }
3136 if (some_failed)
3137 {
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3139 if (loc->inserted)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3141
3142 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3145 bpt->number);
3146 error_flag = -1;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 if (error_flag)
3151 {
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3155 {
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3159 }
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3162 }
3163
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3165 }
3166
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3170
3171 int
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3173 {
3174 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3175 int val = 0;
3176
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3178 {
3179 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3180 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3181 }
3182 return val;
3183 }
3184
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3186 that thread. */
3187
3188 static void
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3190 {
3191 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3192
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3194 {
3195 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3196 {
3197 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3198
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b->number, tp->num);
3202
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3204 b->number = 0;
3205 }
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3210
3211 int
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3213 {
3214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3215 int val;
3216 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3217
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3219 {
3220 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3221 continue;
3222
3223 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3224 {
3225 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3226 if (val != 0)
3227 return val;
3228 }
3229 }
3230 return 0;
3231 }
3232
3233 int
3234 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3235 {
3236 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3237 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3238 int val;
3239 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3240 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3241 struct inferior *inf;
3242 struct thread_info *tp;
3243
3244 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3245 if (tp == NULL)
3246 return 1;
3247
3248 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3249 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3250
3251 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3252
3253 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3254 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3255
3256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3257 {
3258 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3259 continue;
3260
3261 if (bl->inserted)
3262 {
3263 bl->inserted = 0;
3264 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3265 if (val != 0)
3266 {
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3268 return val;
3269 }
3270 }
3271 }
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3273 return 0;
3274 }
3275
3276 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3277
3278 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3279 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3280 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3281 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3282 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3283 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3284 static void
3285 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3286 {
3287 if (internal)
3288 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3289 else
3290 {
3291 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3292 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3293 }
3294 }
3295
3296 static struct breakpoint *
3297 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3298 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3299 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3300 {
3301 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3302 struct breakpoint *b;
3303
3304 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3305
3306 sal.pc = address;
3307 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3308 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3309
3310 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3311 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3312 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3313
3314 return b;
3315 }
3316
3317 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3318 {
3319 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3320 };
3321 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3322
3323 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3324 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3325 {
3326 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3327 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3328
3329 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3331
3332 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3333 int longjmp_searched;
3334
3335 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3336 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3337
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3340
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3343
3344 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3345 int exception_searched;
3346
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3349 };
3350
3351 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3352
3353 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3354 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3355
3356 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3357
3358 static int
3359 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3360 {
3361 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3362 }
3363
3364 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3365 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3366
3367 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3368 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3369 {
3370 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3371
3372 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3373 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3374 {
3375 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3376 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3377
3378 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3379 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3380 }
3381 return bp_objfile_data;
3382 }
3383
3384 static void
3385 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3386 {
3387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3388
3389 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3390 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3391 }
3392
3393 static void
3394 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3395 {
3396 struct objfile *objfile;
3397 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3398
3399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3400 {
3401 struct breakpoint *b;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3403 CORE_ADDR addr;
3404
3405 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3406
3407 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3408 continue;
3409
3410 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3411 {
3412 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3413
3414 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3415 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3416 {
3417 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3418 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3419 continue;
3420 }
3421 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3422 }
3423
3424 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3426 bp_overlay_event,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3429
3430 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3431 {
3432 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3433 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3434 }
3435 else
3436 {
3437 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3438 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3439 }
3440 }
3441 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3442 }
3443
3444 static void
3445 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3446 {
3447 struct program_space *pspace;
3448 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3449
3450 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3451
3452 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3453 {
3454 struct objfile *objfile;
3455
3456 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3457
3458 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3459 {
3460 int i;
3461 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3462 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3463
3464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3465
3466 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3467
3468 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3469 {
3470 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3471
3472 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3473 if (ret != NULL)
3474 {
3475 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3476 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3477
3478 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3479 {
3480 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3481 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3482 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3483 ret = NULL;
3484 }
3485 }
3486 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3487 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3488 }
3489
3490 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3491 {
3492 int i;
3493 struct probe *probe;
3494 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3495
3496 for (i = 0;
3497 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3498 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3499 i, probe);
3500 ++i)
3501 {
3502 struct breakpoint *b;
3503
3504 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3505 get_probe_address (probe,
3506 objfile),
3507 bp_longjmp_master,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3509 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3510 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3511 }
3512
3513 continue;
3514 }
3515
3516 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3517 continue;
3518
3519 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3520 {
3521 struct breakpoint *b;
3522 const char *func_name;
3523 CORE_ADDR addr;
3524
3525 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3526 continue;
3527
3528 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3529 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3530 {
3531 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3532
3533 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3534 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3535 {
3536 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3537 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3538 continue;
3539 }
3540 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3541 }
3542
3543 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3544 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3545 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3546 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3547 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3548 }
3549 }
3550 }
3551 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3552
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3554 }
3555
3556 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3557 static void
3558 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3559 {
3560 struct program_space *pspace;
3561 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3562 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3563
3564 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3565
3566 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3567 {
3568 struct objfile *objfile;
3569 CORE_ADDR addr;
3570
3571 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3572
3573 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3574 {
3575 struct breakpoint *b;
3576 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3577
3578 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3579
3580 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3581 continue;
3582
3583 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3584 {
3585 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3586
3587 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3588 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3589 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3590 {
3591 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3592 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3593 continue;
3594 }
3595 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3596 }
3597
3598 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3599 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3600 bp_std_terminate_master,
3601 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3602 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3603 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3604 }
3605 }
3606
3607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3608
3609 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3610 }
3611
3612 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3613
3614 static void
3615 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3616 {
3617 struct objfile *objfile;
3618 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3619
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3621 {
3622 struct breakpoint *b;
3623 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3624 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3625 CORE_ADDR addr;
3626
3627 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3628
3629 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3630 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3631 {
3632 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3633
3634 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3635
3636 if (ret != NULL)
3637 {
3638 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3639 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3640
3641 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3642 {
3643 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3644 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3645 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3646 ret = NULL;
3647 }
3648 }
3649 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3650 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3651 }
3652
3653 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3654 {
3655 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3656 int i;
3657 struct probe *probe;
3658
3659 for (i = 0;
3660 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3661 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3662 i, probe);
3663 ++i)
3664 {
3665 struct breakpoint *b;
3666
3667 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3668 get_probe_address (probe,
3669 objfile),
3670 bp_exception_master,
3671 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3672 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3673 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3674 }
3675
3676 continue;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3680
3681 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3682 continue;
3683
3684 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3685
3686 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3687 {
3688 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3689
3690 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3691 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3692 {
3693 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3694 continue;
3695 }
3696
3697 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3698 }
3699
3700 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3701 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3702 &current_target);
3703 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3704 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3705 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3706 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3707 }
3708
3709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3710 }
3711
3712 void
3713 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3714 {
3715 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3716 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3717
3718 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3719 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3720 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3721 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3722 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3723 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3724 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3725 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3727 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3728 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3729
3730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3731 {
3732 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3733 continue;
3734
3735 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3736 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3737 {
3738 delete_breakpoint (b);
3739 continue;
3740 }
3741
3742 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3743 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3744 {
3745 delete_breakpoint (b);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3750 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3751 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3752 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3753 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3754 {
3755 delete_breakpoint (b);
3756 continue;
3757 }
3758
3759 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3760 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3761 {
3762 delete_breakpoint (b);
3763 continue;
3764 }
3765
3766 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3767 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3768 {
3769 delete_breakpoint (b);
3770 continue;
3771 }
3772
3773 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3774 after an exec. */
3775 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3776 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3777 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3778 {
3779 delete_breakpoint (b);
3780 continue;
3781 }
3782
3783 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3784 {
3785 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3786 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3787 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3788 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3789 continue;
3790 }
3791
3792 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3793 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3794 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3795 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3796 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3797 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3798
3799 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3800 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3801 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3802 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3803 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3804 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3805 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3806
3807 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3808 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3809 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3810 let finish_command delete it.
3811
3812 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3813 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3814 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3815 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3816 solib breakpoints.) */
3817
3818 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3819 {
3820 continue;
3821 }
3822
3823 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3824 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3825 a.out. */
3826 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3827 {
3828 delete_breakpoint (b);
3829 continue;
3830 }
3831 }
3832 }
3833
3834 int
3835 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3836 {
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int val = 0;
3839 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3840 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3841
3842 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3843 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3844
3845 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3846 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3848 {
3849 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3850 continue;
3851
3852 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3853 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3854 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3855 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3856 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3857 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3858 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3859 continue;
3860
3861 if (bl->inserted)
3862 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3863 }
3864
3865 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3866 return val;
3867 }
3868
3869 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3870 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3871 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3872 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3873 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3874
3875 static int
3876 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3877 {
3878 int val;
3879
3880 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3881 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3882
3883 if (bl->permanent)
3884 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3885 return 0;
3886
3887 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3888 This should not ever happen. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3890
3891 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3893 {
3894 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3895 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3896 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3897
3898 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3899 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3900 || bl->section == NULL
3901 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3902 {
3903 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3904
3905 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3906 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3907 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3908 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3909 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3910 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3911 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3912 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3913 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3914 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3915 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3916 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3917 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3918 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3919 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3920 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3921 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3922 they should always be removed. */
3923 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3924 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3925 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3926 val = 0;
3927 else
3928 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3929 }
3930 else
3931 {
3932 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3933 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3934 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3935 {
3936 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3937 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3938 */
3939 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3940 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3941 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3942 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3943 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3944 else
3945 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3946 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3947 }
3948 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3949 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3950 if (bl->inserted)
3951 {
3952 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3953 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3954 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3955 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3956
3957 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3958 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3959 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3960 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3961 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3962 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3963 else
3964 val = 0;
3965 }
3966 else
3967 {
3968 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3969 val = 0;
3970 }
3971 }
3972
3973 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3974 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3975 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3976 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3977 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3978 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3979 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3980 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3981 always-inserted mode. */
3982 if (val
3983 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3985 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3986 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3987 bl->address))))
3988 val = 0;
3989
3990 if (val)
3991 return val;
3992 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3993 }
3994 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3995 {
3996 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3997 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3998
3999 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4000 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4001
4002 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4003 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4004 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4005 bl->owner->number);
4006 }
4007 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4008 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4009 && !bl->duplicate)
4010 {
4011 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4012 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4013
4014 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4015 if (val)
4016 return val;
4017
4018 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4019 }
4020
4021 return 0;
4022 }
4023
4024 static int
4025 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4026 {
4027 int ret;
4028 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4029
4030 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4031 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4032
4033 if (bl->permanent)
4034 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4035 return 0;
4036
4037 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4038 This should not ever happen. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4040
4041 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4042
4043 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4044
4045 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4046
4047 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4048 return ret;
4049 }
4050
4051 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4052
4053 void
4054 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4055 {
4056 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4057
4058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4059 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space
4060 && !bl->permanent)
4061 bl->inserted = 0;
4062 }
4063
4064 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4065 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4066
4067 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4068 between runs.
4069
4070 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4071 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4072 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4073
4074
4075
4076 void
4077 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4078 {
4079 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4081 int ix;
4082 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4083
4084 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4085 nothing to do. */
4086 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4087 return;
4088
4089 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4090
4091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4092 {
4093 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4094 continue;
4095
4096 switch (b->type)
4097 {
4098 case bp_call_dummy:
4099 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4100
4101 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4102 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4103 rid of it. */
4104
4105 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4106
4107 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4108
4109 case bp_shlib_event:
4110
4111 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4112 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4113 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4114 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4115 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4116
4117 (gdb) file prog-linux
4118 (gdb) run # native linux target
4119 ...
4120 (gdb) kill
4121 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4122 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4123 */
4124
4125 case bp_step_resume:
4126
4127 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4128
4129 case bp_single_step:
4130
4131 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4132
4133 delete_breakpoint (b);
4134 break;
4135
4136 case bp_watchpoint:
4137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4138 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4140 {
4141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4142
4143 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4144 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4145 delete_breakpoint (b);
4146 else if (context == inf_starting)
4147 {
4148 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4149 insert_breakpoints. */
4150 if (w->val)
4151 value_free (w->val);
4152 w->val = NULL;
4153 w->val_valid = 0;
4154 }
4155 }
4156 break;
4157 default:
4158 break;
4159 }
4160 }
4161
4162 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4163 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4164 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4165 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4166 }
4167
4168 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4169 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4170 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4171 match, not program space. */
4172
4173 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4174 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4175 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4176 permanent breakpoint.
4177 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4178 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4179 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4180 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4181 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4182
4183 enum breakpoint_here
4184 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4185 {
4186 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4187 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4188
4189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4190 {
4191 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4192 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4193 continue;
4194
4195 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4196 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4197 || bl->permanent)
4198 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4199 {
4200 if (overlay_debugging
4201 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4202 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4203 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4204 else if (bl->permanent)
4205 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4206 else
4207 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4208 }
4209 }
4210
4211 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4212 }
4213
4214 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4215
4216 int
4217 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4218 {
4219 struct bp_location *loc;
4220 int ix;
4221
4222 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4223 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4224 return 1;
4225
4226 return 0;
4227 }
4228
4229 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4230 ASPACE. */
4231
4232 static int
4233 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4234 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4235 {
4236 if (bl->inserted
4237 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4238 aspace, pc))
4239 {
4240 if (overlay_debugging
4241 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4242 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4243 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4244 else
4245 return 1;
4246 }
4247 return 0;
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4251
4252 int
4253 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4254 {
4255 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4256 struct bp_location *bl;
4257
4258 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4259 {
4260 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4261
4262 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4263 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4264 continue;
4265
4266 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4267 return 1;
4268 }
4269 return 0;
4270 }
4271
4272 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4273 inserted at PC. */
4274
4275 int
4276 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4277 CORE_ADDR pc)
4278 {
4279 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4280 struct bp_location *bl;
4281
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4283 {
4284 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4285
4286 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4287 continue;
4288
4289 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4290 return 1;
4291 }
4292
4293 return 0;
4294 }
4295
4296 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4297
4298 int
4299 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4300 CORE_ADDR pc)
4301 {
4302 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4303 struct bp_location *bl;
4304
4305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4306 {
4307 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4308
4309 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4310 continue;
4311
4312 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4313 return 1;
4314 }
4315
4316 return 0;
4317 }
4318
4319 int
4320 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4321 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4322 {
4323 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4324
4325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4326 {
4327 struct bp_location *loc;
4328
4329 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4330 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4331 continue;
4332
4333 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4334 continue;
4335
4336 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4337 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4338 {
4339 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4340
4341 /* Check for intersection. */
4342 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4343 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4344 if (l < h)
4345 return 1;
4346 }
4347 }
4348 return 0;
4349 }
4350 \f
4351
4352 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4353 in breakpoint.h. */
4354
4355 int
4356 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4357 {
4358 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4359 }
4360
4361 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4362 'next' chain. */
4363
4364 static void
4365 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4366 {
4367 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4368 value_free (bs->old_val);
4369 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4370 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4371 xfree (bs);
4372 }
4373
4374 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4375 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4376
4377 void
4378 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4379 {
4380 bpstat p;
4381 bpstat q;
4382
4383 if (bsp == 0)
4384 return;
4385 p = *bsp;
4386 while (p != NULL)
4387 {
4388 q = p->next;
4389 bpstat_free (p);
4390 p = q;
4391 }
4392 *bsp = NULL;
4393 }
4394
4395 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4396 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4397
4398 bpstat
4399 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4400 {
4401 bpstat p = NULL;
4402 bpstat tmp;
4403 bpstat retval = NULL;
4404
4405 if (bs == NULL)
4406 return bs;
4407
4408 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4409 {
4410 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4411 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4412 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4413 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4414 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4415 {
4416 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4417 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4418 }
4419
4420 if (p == NULL)
4421 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4422 retval = tmp;
4423 else
4424 p->next = tmp;
4425 p = tmp;
4426 }
4427 p->next = NULL;
4428 return retval;
4429 }
4430
4431 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4432
4433 bpstat
4434 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4435 {
4436 if (bsp == NULL)
4437 return NULL;
4438
4439 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4440 {
4441 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4442 return bsp;
4443 }
4444 return NULL;
4445 }
4446
4447 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4448
4449 int
4450 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4451 {
4452 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4453 {
4454 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4455 {
4456 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4457 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4458 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4459 return 1;
4460 }
4461 else
4462 {
4463 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4464 sig))
4465 return 1;
4466 }
4467 }
4468
4469 return 0;
4470 }
4471
4472 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4473 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4474 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4475 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4476
4477 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4478 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4479 we set it.
4480 Return 1 otherwise. */
4481
4482 int
4483 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4484 {
4485 struct breakpoint *b;
4486
4487 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4488 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4489
4490 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4491 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4492 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4493 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4494 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4495 if (b == NULL)
4496 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4497
4498 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4499 return 1;
4500 }
4501
4502 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4503
4504 void
4505 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4506 {
4507 struct thread_info *tp;
4508 bpstat bs;
4509
4510 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4511 return;
4512
4513 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4514 if (tp == NULL)
4515 return;
4516
4517 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4518 {
4519 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4520
4521 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4522 {
4523 value_free (bs->old_val);
4524 bs->old_val = NULL;
4525 }
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4530
4531 static void
4532 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4533 {
4534 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4535 {
4536 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4537
4538 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4539 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4540 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4541 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4542 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4543 return;
4544 }
4545
4546 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4547 }
4548
4549 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4550 command. */
4551 static void
4552 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4553 {
4554 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4555 }
4556
4557 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4558 or its equivalent. */
4559
4560 static int
4561 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4562 {
4563 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4564 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4565 }
4566
4567 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4568 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4569 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4570 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4571
4572 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4573 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4574 bpstat of the current thread. */
4575
4576 static int
4577 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4578 {
4579 bpstat bs;
4580 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4581 int again = 0;
4582
4583 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4584 in bs->commands. */
4585 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4586 return 0;
4587
4588 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4589 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4590
4591 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4592
4593 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4594 bs = *bsp;
4595
4596 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4597 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4598 {
4599 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4600 struct command_line *cmd;
4601 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4602
4603 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4604
4605 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4606 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4607 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4608 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4609 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4610 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4611 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4612 the tree when we're done. */
4613 ccmd = bs->commands;
4614 bs->commands = NULL;
4615 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4616 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4617 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4618 {
4619 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4620 cmd = cmd->next;
4621 }
4622
4623 while (cmd != NULL)
4624 {
4625 execute_control_command (cmd);
4626
4627 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4628 break;
4629 else
4630 cmd = cmd->next;
4631 }
4632
4633 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4634 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4635
4636 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4637 {
4638 if (interpreter_async && target_can_async_p ())
4639 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4640 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4641 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4642 ;
4643 else
4644 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4645 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4646 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4647 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4648 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4649 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4650 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4651 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4652 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4653 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4654 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4655 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4656 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4657 again = 1;
4658 break;
4659 }
4660 }
4661 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4662 return again;
4663 }
4664
4665 void
4666 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4667 {
4668 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4669
4670 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4671 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4672 && target_has_execution
4673 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4674 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4675 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4676 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4677 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4678 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4679 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4680 break;
4681
4682 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4683 }
4684
4685 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4686
4687 static void
4688 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4689 {
4690 if (val == NULL)
4691 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4692 else
4693 {
4694 struct value_print_options opts;
4695 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4696 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4697 }
4698 }
4699
4700 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4701 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4702 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4703 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4704 normal_stop(). */
4705
4706 static enum print_stop_action
4707 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4708 {
4709 switch (bs->print_it)
4710 {
4711 case print_it_noop:
4712 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4713 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4714 break;
4715
4716 case print_it_done:
4717 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4718 relevant messages. */
4719 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4720 break;
4721
4722 case print_it_normal:
4723 {
4724 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4725
4726 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4727 which has since been deleted. */
4728 if (b == NULL)
4729 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4730
4731 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4732 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4733 }
4734 break;
4735
4736 default:
4737 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4738 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4739 break;
4740 }
4741 }
4742
4743 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4744
4745 static void
4746 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4747 {
4748 int any_deleted
4749 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4750 int any_added
4751 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4752
4753 if (!is_catchpoint)
4754 {
4755 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4756 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4757 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4758 else
4759 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4760 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4761 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4762 }
4763
4764 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4765 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4766 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4767
4768 if (any_deleted)
4769 {
4770 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4771 char *name;
4772 int ix;
4773
4774 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4775 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4776 "removed");
4777 for (ix = 0;
4778 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4779 ix, name);
4780 ++ix)
4781 {
4782 if (ix > 0)
4783 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4784 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4785 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4786 }
4787
4788 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4789 }
4790
4791 if (any_added)
4792 {
4793 struct so_list *iter;
4794 int ix;
4795 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4796
4797 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4798 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4799 "added");
4800 for (ix = 0;
4801 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4802 ix, iter);
4803 ++ix)
4804 {
4805 if (ix > 0)
4806 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4807 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4809 }
4810
4811 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4812 }
4813 }
4814
4815 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4816 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4817 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4818 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4819 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4820 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4821 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4822 routine is one of:
4823
4824 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4825 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4826 code to print the location. An example is
4827 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4828 the location.
4829 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4830 to also print the location part of the message.
4831 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4832 don't require a location appended to the end.
4833 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4834 further info to be printed. */
4835
4836 enum print_stop_action
4837 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4838 {
4839 int val;
4840
4841 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4842 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4843 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4844 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4845 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4846 {
4847 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4848 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4849 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4850 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4851 return val;
4852 }
4853
4854 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4855 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4856 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4857 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4858 {
4859 print_solib_event (0);
4860 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4861 }
4862
4863 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4864 with and nothing was printed. */
4865 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4866 }
4867
4868 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4869 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4870 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4871 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4872 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4873 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4874
4875 static int
4876 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4877 {
4878 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4879 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4880
4881 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4882 return i;
4883 }
4884
4885 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4886
4887 static bpstat
4888 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4889 {
4890 bpstat bs;
4891
4892 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4893 bs->next = NULL;
4894 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4895 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4896 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4897 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4898 incref_bp_location (bl);
4899 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4900 bs->commands = NULL;
4901 bs->old_val = NULL;
4902 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4903 return bs;
4904 }
4905 \f
4906 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4907 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4908
4909 int
4910 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4911 {
4912 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4913 CORE_ADDR addr;
4914 struct breakpoint *b;
4915
4916 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4917 {
4918 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4919 as not triggered. */
4920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4921 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4922 {
4923 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4924
4925 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4926 }
4927
4928 return 0;
4929 }
4930
4931 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4932 {
4933 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4934 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4936 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4937 {
4938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4939
4940 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4941 }
4942
4943 return 1;
4944 }
4945
4946 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4947 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4948 triggered. */
4949
4950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4951 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4952 {
4953 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4954 struct bp_location *loc;
4955
4956 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4957 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4958 {
4959 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4960 {
4961 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4962 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4963
4964 if (newaddr == start)
4965 {
4966 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4967 break;
4968 }
4969 }
4970 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4971 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4972 addr, loc->address,
4973 loc->length))
4974 {
4975 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4976 break;
4977 }
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981 return 1;
4982 }
4983
4984 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4985 because of check_errors). */
4986 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4987 #define WP_DELETED 1
4988 /* The value has changed. */
4989 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4990 /* The value has not changed. */
4991 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4992 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4993 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4994
4995 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4996 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4997
4998 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4999 changed.
5000
5001 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5002 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5003
5004 static int
5005 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5006 {
5007 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5008 struct watchpoint *b;
5009 struct frame_info *fr;
5010 int within_current_scope;
5011
5012 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5013 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5014 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5015
5016 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5017 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5018 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5019 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5020 return WP_IGNORE;
5021
5022 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5023 within_current_scope = 1;
5024 else
5025 {
5026 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5027 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5028 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5029
5030 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5031 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5032 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5033 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5034 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5035 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5036 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5037 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5038 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5039 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5040 return WP_IGNORE;
5041
5042 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5043 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5044
5045 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5046 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5047 if (within_current_scope)
5048 {
5049 struct symbol *function;
5050
5051 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5052 if (function == NULL
5053 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5054 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5055 within_current_scope = 0;
5056 }
5057
5058 if (within_current_scope)
5059 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5060 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5061 the user. */
5062 select_frame (fr);
5063 }
5064
5065 if (within_current_scope)
5066 {
5067 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5068 time before we return to the command level and call
5069 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5070 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5071
5072 int pc = 0;
5073 struct value *mark;
5074 struct value *new_val;
5075
5076 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5077 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5078 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5079 a mask watchpoint. */
5080 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5081
5082 mark = value_mark ();
5083 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5084
5085 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5086 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5087
5088 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5089 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5090 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5091 not what we want. */
5092 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5093 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5094 {
5095 if (new_val != NULL)
5096 {
5097 release_value (new_val);
5098 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5099 }
5100 bs->old_val = b->val;
5101 b->val = new_val;
5102 b->val_valid = 1;
5103 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5104 }
5105 else
5106 {
5107 /* Nothing changed. */
5108 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5109 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5110 }
5111 }
5112 else
5113 {
5114 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5115
5116 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5117 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5118 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5119 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5120 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5121 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5122 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5123 the first value assigned). */
5124 /* We print all the stop information in
5125 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5126 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5127 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5128 here. */
5129 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5130 ui_out_field_string
5131 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5134 ui_out_text (uiout,
5135 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5136 which its expression is valid.\n");
5137
5138 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5139 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5140 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5141
5142 return WP_DELETED;
5143 }
5144 }
5145
5146 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5147 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5148 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5149
5150 static int
5151 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5152 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5153 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5154 {
5155 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5156
5157 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5158 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5159
5160 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5161 }
5162
5163 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5164 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5165
5166 static void
5167 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5168 {
5169 const struct bp_location *bl;
5170 struct watchpoint *b;
5171
5172 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5173 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5174 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5175 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5176 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5177
5178 {
5179 int must_check_value = 0;
5180
5181 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5182 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5183 watched value. */
5184 must_check_value = 1;
5185 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5186 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5187 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5188 this watchpoint. */
5189 must_check_value = 1;
5190 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5191 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5192 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5193 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5194 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5195 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5196 must_check_value = 1;
5197
5198 if (must_check_value)
5199 {
5200 char *message
5201 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5202 b->base.number);
5203 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5204 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5205 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5206 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5207 switch (e)
5208 {
5209 case WP_DELETED:
5210 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5211 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5212 /* Stop. */
5213 break;
5214 case WP_IGNORE:
5215 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5216 bs->stop = 0;
5217 break;
5218 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5219 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5220 {
5221 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5222
5223 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5224 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5225 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5226 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5227 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5228 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5229 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5230 old value.
5231
5232 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5233 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5234 happen:
5235
5236 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5237 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5238 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5239 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5240
5241 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5242 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5243 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5244 watchpoint.
5245
5246 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5247 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5248 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5249 changes. This still gives false positives when
5250 the program writes the same value to memory as
5251 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5252 it for a read), but it's much better than
5253 nothing. */
5254
5255 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5256
5257 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5258 {
5259 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5260
5261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5262 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5263 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5264 {
5265 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5266 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5267
5268 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5269 == watch_triggered_yes)
5270 {
5271 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5272 break;
5273 }
5274 }
5275 }
5276
5277 if (other_write_watchpoint
5278 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5279 {
5280 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5281 and the value changed since the last time we
5282 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5283 Ignore it. */
5284 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5285 bs->stop = 0;
5286 }
5287 }
5288 break;
5289 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5290 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5291 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5292 {
5293 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5294 the value hasn't changed. */
5295 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5296 bs->stop = 0;
5297 }
5298 /* Stop. */
5299 break;
5300 default:
5301 /* Can't happen. */
5302 case 0:
5303 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5304 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5305 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5306 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5307 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5308 break;
5309 }
5310 }
5311 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5312 {
5313 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5314 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5315 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5316 anything for this watchpoint. */
5317 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5318 bs->stop = 0;
5319 }
5320 }
5321 }
5322
5323 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5324 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5325 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5326 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5327
5328 static void
5329 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5330 {
5331 const struct bp_location *bl;
5332 struct breakpoint *b;
5333 int value_is_zero = 0;
5334 struct expression *cond;
5335
5336 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5337
5338 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5339 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5340 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5341 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5342 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5343
5344 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5345 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5346 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5347
5348 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5349 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5350 {
5351 bs->stop = 0;
5352 return;
5353 }
5354
5355 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5356 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5357 thread/task. */
5358 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5359 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5360
5361 {
5362 bs->stop = 0;
5363 return;
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5367 implemented. */
5368 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5369
5370 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5371 {
5372 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5373
5374 cond = w->cond_exp;
5375 }
5376 else
5377 cond = bl->cond;
5378
5379 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5380 {
5381 int within_current_scope = 1;
5382 struct watchpoint * w;
5383
5384 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5385 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5386 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5387 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5388 function call. */
5389 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5390
5391 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5392 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5393 else
5394 w = NULL;
5395
5396 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5397 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5398 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5399 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5400 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5401 call site. */
5402 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5403 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5404 else
5405 {
5406 struct frame_info *frame;
5407
5408 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5409 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5410 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5411 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5412 really matter which instantiation of the function
5413 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5414 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5415 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5416 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5417 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5418 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5419 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5420 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5421 intuitive. */
5422 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5423 if (frame != NULL)
5424 select_frame (frame);
5425 else
5426 within_current_scope = 0;
5427 }
5428 if (within_current_scope)
5429 value_is_zero
5430 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5431 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5432 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5433 else
5434 {
5435 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5436 "in the current scope"));
5437 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5438 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5439 value_is_zero = 0;
5440 }
5441 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5442 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5443 }
5444
5445 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5446 {
5447 bs->stop = 0;
5448 }
5449 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5450 {
5451 b->ignore_count--;
5452 bs->stop = 0;
5453 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5454 ++(b->hit_count);
5455 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5456 }
5457 }
5458
5459
5460 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5461 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5462
5463 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5464 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5465 that:
5466
5467 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5468
5469 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5470
5471 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5472 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5473 several reasons concurrently.)
5474
5475 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5476 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5477
5478 bpstat
5479 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5480 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5481 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5482 {
5483 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5484 struct bp_location *bl;
5485 struct bp_location *loc;
5486 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5487 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5488 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5489 bpstat bs;
5490 int ix;
5491 int need_remove_insert;
5492 int removed_any;
5493
5494 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5495 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5496 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5497 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5498 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5499 inferior function calls. */
5500
5501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5502 {
5503 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5504 continue;
5505
5506 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5507 {
5508 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5509 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5510 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5511 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5512 checked all locations already. */
5513 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5514 break;
5515
5516 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5517 continue;
5518
5519 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5520 continue;
5521
5522 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5523 matches. */
5524
5525 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5526 explain stop. */
5527
5528 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5529 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5530 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5531 bs->stop = 1;
5532 bs->print = 1;
5533
5534 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5535 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5536 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5537 iteration. */
5538 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5539 {
5540 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5541
5542 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5543 }
5544 }
5545 }
5546
5547 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5548 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5549 {
5550 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5551 {
5552 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5553 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5554 bs->stop = 0;
5555 bs->print = 0;
5556 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5557 }
5558 }
5559
5560 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5561 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5562 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5563 "catch unload". */
5564 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5565 {
5566 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5567 {
5568 handle_solib_event ();
5569 break;
5570 }
5571 }
5572
5573 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5574 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5575 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5576
5577 removed_any = 0;
5578
5579 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5580 {
5581 if (!bs->stop)
5582 continue;
5583
5584 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5585 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5586 if (bs->stop)
5587 {
5588 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5589
5590 if (bs->stop)
5591 {
5592 ++(b->hit_count);
5593 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5594
5595 /* We will stop here. */
5596 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5597 {
5598 --(b->enable_count);
5599 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5600 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5601 removed_any = 1;
5602 }
5603 if (b->silent)
5604 bs->print = 0;
5605 bs->commands = b->commands;
5606 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5607 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5608 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5609 bs->print = 0;
5610
5611 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5612 }
5613
5614 }
5615
5616 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5617 print. */
5618 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5619 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5620 }
5621
5622 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5623 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5624 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5625 done later. */
5626 need_remove_insert = 0;
5627 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5628 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5629 if (!bs->stop
5630 && bs->breakpoint_at
5631 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5632 {
5633 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5634
5635 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5636 need_remove_insert = 1;
5637 }
5638
5639 if (need_remove_insert)
5640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5641 else if (removed_any)
5642 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5643
5644 return bs_head;
5645 }
5646
5647 static void
5648 handle_jit_event (void)
5649 {
5650 struct frame_info *frame;
5651 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5652
5653 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5654 breakpoint_re_set. */
5655 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5656
5657 frame = get_current_frame ();
5658 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5659
5660 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5661
5662 target_terminal_inferior ();
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5666
5667 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5668
5669 struct bpstat_what
5670 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5671 {
5672 struct bpstat_what retval;
5673 int jit_event = 0;
5674 bpstat bs;
5675
5676 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5677 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5678 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5679
5680 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5681 {
5682 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5683 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5684 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5685 enum bptype bptype;
5686
5687 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5688 {
5689 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5690 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5691 bptype = bp_none;
5692 }
5693 else
5694 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5695
5696 switch (bptype)
5697 {
5698 case bp_none:
5699 break;
5700 case bp_breakpoint:
5701 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5702 case bp_single_step:
5703 case bp_until:
5704 case bp_finish:
5705 case bp_shlib_event:
5706 if (bs->stop)
5707 {
5708 if (bs->print)
5709 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5710 else
5711 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5712 }
5713 else
5714 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5715 break;
5716 case bp_watchpoint:
5717 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5718 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5719 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5720 if (bs->stop)
5721 {
5722 if (bs->print)
5723 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5724 else
5725 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5726 }
5727 else
5728 {
5729 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5730 This requires no further action. */
5731 }
5732 break;
5733 case bp_longjmp:
5734 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5735 case bp_exception:
5736 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5737 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5738 break;
5739 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5740 case bp_exception_resume:
5741 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5742 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5743 break;
5744 case bp_step_resume:
5745 if (bs->stop)
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5747 else
5748 {
5749 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5750 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5751 }
5752 break;
5753 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5754 if (bs->stop)
5755 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5756 else
5757 {
5758 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5759 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5760 }
5761 break;
5762 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5763 case bp_thread_event:
5764 case bp_overlay_event:
5765 case bp_longjmp_master:
5766 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5767 case bp_exception_master:
5768 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5769 break;
5770 case bp_catchpoint:
5771 if (bs->stop)
5772 {
5773 if (bs->print)
5774 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5775 else
5776 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5777 }
5778 else
5779 {
5780 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5781 This requires no further action. */
5782 }
5783 break;
5784 case bp_jit_event:
5785 jit_event = 1;
5786 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5787 break;
5788 case bp_call_dummy:
5789 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5790 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5791 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5792 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5793 break;
5794 case bp_std_terminate:
5795 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5796 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5797 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5798 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5799 break;
5800 case bp_tracepoint:
5801 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5802 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5803 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5804 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5805 out already. */
5806 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5807 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5808 break;
5809 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5810 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5811 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5812 break;
5813 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5814 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5815 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5816 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5817 break;
5818
5819 case bp_dprintf:
5820 if (bs->stop)
5821 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5822 else
5823 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5824 break;
5825
5826 default:
5827 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5828 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5829 }
5830
5831 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5832 }
5833
5834 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5835 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5836
5837 if (jit_event)
5838 {
5839 if (debug_infrun)
5840 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5841
5842 handle_jit_event ();
5843 }
5844
5845 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5846 {
5847 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5848
5849 if (b == NULL)
5850 continue;
5851 switch (b->type)
5852 {
5853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5854 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5855 break;
5856 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5857 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5858 break;
5859 }
5860 }
5861
5862 return retval;
5863 }
5864
5865 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5866 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5867 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5868
5869 int
5870 bpstat_should_step (void)
5871 {
5872 struct breakpoint *b;
5873
5874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5875 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5876 return 1;
5877 return 0;
5878 }
5879
5880 int
5881 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5882 {
5883 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5884 if (bs->stop)
5885 return 1;
5886
5887 return 0;
5888 }
5889
5890 \f
5891
5892 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5893 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5894 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5895
5896 static char *
5897 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5898 {
5899 static char wrap_indent[80];
5900 int i, total_width, width, align;
5901 char *text;
5902
5903 total_width = 0;
5904 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5905 {
5906 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5907 {
5908 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5909 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5910 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5911
5912 return wrap_indent;
5913 }
5914
5915 total_width += width + 1;
5916 }
5917
5918 return NULL;
5919 }
5920
5921 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5922 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5923
5924 "host": Host evals condition.
5925 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5926 "target": Target evals condition.
5927 */
5928
5929 static const char *
5930 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5931 {
5932 struct bp_location *bl;
5933 char host_evals = 0;
5934 char target_evals = 0;
5935
5936 if (!b)
5937 return NULL;
5938
5939 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5940 return NULL;
5941
5942 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5943 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5944 return condition_evaluation_host;
5945
5946 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5947 {
5948 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5949 target_evals++;
5950 else
5951 host_evals++;
5952 }
5953
5954 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5955 return condition_evaluation_both;
5956 else if (target_evals)
5957 return condition_evaluation_target;
5958 else
5959 return condition_evaluation_host;
5960 }
5961
5962 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5963 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5964
5965 static const char *
5966 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5967 {
5968 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5969 return NULL;
5970
5971 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5972 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5973 return condition_evaluation_host;
5974
5975 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5976 return condition_evaluation_target;
5977 else
5978 return condition_evaluation_host;
5979 }
5980
5981 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5982
5983 static void
5984 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5985 struct bp_location *loc)
5986 {
5987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5988 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5989
5990 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5991 loc = NULL;
5992
5993 if (loc != NULL)
5994 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5995
5996 if (b->display_canonical)
5997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5998 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5999 {
6000 struct symbol *sym
6001 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6002 if (sym)
6003 {
6004 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6006 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6007 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6008 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6010 }
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6012 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6014
6015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6016 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6017 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6018
6019 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6020 }
6021 else if (loc)
6022 {
6023 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6024 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6025
6026 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6027 demangle, "");
6028 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6029
6030 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6031 }
6032 else
6033 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6034
6035 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6036 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6037 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6038 {
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6040 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6041 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6043 }
6044
6045 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6046 }
6047
6048 static const char *
6049 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6050 {
6051 struct ep_type_description
6052 {
6053 enum bptype type;
6054 char *description;
6055 };
6056 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6057 {
6058 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6059 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6060 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6061 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6062 {bp_until, "until"},
6063 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6064 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6065 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6066 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6067 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6068 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6069 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6070 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6071 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6072 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6073 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6074 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6075 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6076 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6077 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6078 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6079 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6080 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6081 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6082 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6083 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6084 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6085 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6086 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6087 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6088 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6089 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6090 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6091 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6092 };
6093
6094 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6095 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6096 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6097 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6098 (int) type);
6099
6100 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6101 }
6102
6103 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6104 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6105
6106 static void
6107 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6108 const char *field_name,
6109 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6110 int mi_only)
6111 {
6112 struct cleanup *back_to;
6113 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6114 int inf;
6115 int i;
6116
6117 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6118 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6119 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6120 return;
6121
6122 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6123
6124 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6125 {
6126 if (is_mi)
6127 {
6128 char mi_group[10];
6129
6130 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6131 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6132 }
6133 else
6134 {
6135 if (i == 0)
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6137 else
6138 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6139
6140 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6141 }
6142 }
6143
6144 do_cleanups (back_to);
6145 }
6146
6147 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6148
6149 static void
6150 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6151 struct bp_location *loc,
6152 int loc_number,
6153 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6154 int allflag)
6155 {
6156 struct command_line *l;
6157 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6158
6159 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6160 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6161 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6162 struct value_print_options opts;
6163
6164 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6165
6166 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6167 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6168 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6169 if (loc == NULL
6170 && (b->loc != NULL
6171 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6172 header_of_multiple = 1;
6173 if (loc == NULL)
6174 loc = b->loc;
6175
6176 annotate_record ();
6177
6178 /* 1 */
6179 annotate_field (0);
6180 if (part_of_multiple)
6181 {
6182 char *formatted;
6183 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6184 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6185 xfree (formatted);
6186 }
6187 else
6188 {
6189 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6190 }
6191
6192 /* 2 */
6193 annotate_field (1);
6194 if (part_of_multiple)
6195 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6196 else
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6198
6199 /* 3 */
6200 annotate_field (2);
6201 if (part_of_multiple)
6202 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6203 else
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6205
6206
6207 /* 4 */
6208 annotate_field (3);
6209 if (part_of_multiple)
6210 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6211 else
6212 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6213 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6214 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6215
6216
6217 /* 5 and 6 */
6218 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6219 {
6220 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6221 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6222 make sure there's just one location. */
6223 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6224 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6225 }
6226 else
6227 switch (b->type)
6228 {
6229 case bp_none:
6230 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6231 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6232 break;
6233
6234 case bp_watchpoint:
6235 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6236 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6237 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6238 {
6239 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6240
6241 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6242 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6243 is relatively readable). */
6244 if (opts.addressprint)
6245 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6246 annotate_field (5);
6247 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6248 }
6249 break;
6250
6251 case bp_breakpoint:
6252 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6253 case bp_single_step:
6254 case bp_until:
6255 case bp_finish:
6256 case bp_longjmp:
6257 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6258 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6259 case bp_exception:
6260 case bp_exception_resume:
6261 case bp_step_resume:
6262 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6263 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6264 case bp_call_dummy:
6265 case bp_std_terminate:
6266 case bp_shlib_event:
6267 case bp_thread_event:
6268 case bp_overlay_event:
6269 case bp_longjmp_master:
6270 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6271 case bp_exception_master:
6272 case bp_tracepoint:
6273 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6274 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6275 case bp_dprintf:
6276 case bp_jit_event:
6277 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6278 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6279 if (opts.addressprint)
6280 {
6281 annotate_field (4);
6282 if (header_of_multiple)
6283 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6284 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6285 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6286 else
6287 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6288 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6289 }
6290 annotate_field (5);
6291 if (!header_of_multiple)
6292 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6293 if (b->loc)
6294 *last_loc = b->loc;
6295 break;
6296 }
6297
6298
6299 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6300 {
6301 struct inferior *inf;
6302 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6303 int mi_only = 1;
6304
6305 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6306 {
6307 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6308 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6312 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6313 if (allflag
6314 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6315 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6316 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6317 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6318 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6319 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6320 mi_only = 0;
6321 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6322 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6323 }
6324
6325 if (!part_of_multiple)
6326 {
6327 if (b->thread != -1)
6328 {
6329 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6330 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6331 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6332 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6333 }
6334 else if (b->task != 0)
6335 {
6336 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6337 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6338 }
6339 }
6340
6341 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6342
6343 if (!part_of_multiple)
6344 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6345
6346 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6347 {
6348 annotate_field (6);
6349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6350 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6351 the frame ID. */
6352 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6353 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6354 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6355 }
6356
6357 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6358 {
6359 annotate_field (7);
6360 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6362 else
6363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6364 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6365
6366 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6367 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6368 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6369 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6370 == condition_evaluation_target)
6371 {
6372 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6373 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6374 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6375 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6376 }
6377 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6378 }
6379
6380 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6381 {
6382 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6384 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6385 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6386 }
6387
6388 if (!part_of_multiple)
6389 {
6390 if (b->hit_count)
6391 {
6392 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6393 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6395 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6397 else
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6400 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6401 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6402 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6403 else
6404 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6405 }
6406 else
6407 {
6408 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6410 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6411 }
6412 }
6413
6414 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6415 {
6416 annotate_field (8);
6417 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6418 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6419 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6420 }
6421
6422 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6423 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6424 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6425 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6426 {
6427 annotate_field (8);
6428 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6429 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6430 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6431 if (b->ignore_count)
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6433 else
6434 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6435 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6436 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6437 }
6438
6439 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6440 {
6441 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6442
6443 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6444 {
6445 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6447 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6448 }
6449 }
6450
6451 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6452 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6453 {
6454 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6455
6456 annotate_field (9);
6457 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6458 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6459 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6460 }
6461
6462 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6463 {
6464 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6465
6466 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6467 {
6468 annotate_field (10);
6469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6472 }
6473
6474 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6475 pending. */
6476 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6477 {
6478 annotate_field (11);
6479
6480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6481 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6482 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6483 else
6484 {
6485 if (loc->inserted)
6486 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6487 else
6488 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6489 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6490 }
6491 }
6492 }
6493
6494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6495 {
6496 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6497 {
6498 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6499
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6501 }
6502 else if (b->addr_string)
6503 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6504 }
6505 }
6506
6507 static void
6508 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6509 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6510 int allflag)
6511 {
6512 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6513 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6514
6515 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6516
6517 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6518 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6519
6520 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6521 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6522 locations, if any. */
6523 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6524 {
6525 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6526 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6527 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6528 situation.
6529
6530 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6531 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6532 if (b->loc
6533 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6534 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6535 {
6536 struct bp_location *loc;
6537 int n = 1;
6538
6539 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6540 {
6541 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6542 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6543 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6544 do_cleanups (inner2);
6545 }
6546 }
6547 }
6548 }
6549
6550 static int
6551 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6552 {
6553 int print_address_bits = 0;
6554 struct bp_location *loc;
6555
6556 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6557 {
6558 int addr_bit;
6559
6560 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6561 an address to print. */
6562 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6563 continue;
6564
6565 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6566 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6567 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6568 }
6569
6570 return print_address_bits;
6571 }
6572
6573 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6574 {
6575 int bnum;
6576 };
6577
6578 static int
6579 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6580 {
6581 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6582 struct breakpoint *b;
6583 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6584
6585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6586 {
6587 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6588 {
6589 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6590 return GDB_RC_OK;
6591 }
6592 }
6593 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6594 }
6595
6596 enum gdb_rc
6597 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6598 char **error_message)
6599 {
6600 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6601
6602 args.bnum = bnum;
6603 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6604 an error. */
6605 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6606 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6607 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6608 else
6609 return GDB_RC_OK;
6610 }
6611
6612 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6613 internal or momentary. */
6614
6615 int
6616 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6617 {
6618 return b->number > 0;
6619 }
6620
6621 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6622 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6623 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6624 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6625 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6626 breakpoints listed. */
6627
6628 static int
6629 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6630 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6631 {
6632 struct breakpoint *b;
6633 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6634 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6635 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6636 struct value_print_options opts;
6637 int print_address_bits = 0;
6638 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6639 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6640
6641 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6642
6643 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6644 required for address fields. */
6645 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6647 {
6648 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6649 if (filter && !filter (b))
6650 continue;
6651
6652 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6653 accept. Skip the others. */
6654 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6655 {
6656 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6657 continue;
6658 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6659 continue;
6660 }
6661
6662 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6663 {
6664 int addr_bit, type_len;
6665
6666 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6667 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6668 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6669
6670 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6671 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6672 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6673
6674 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6675 }
6676 }
6677
6678 if (opts.addressprint)
6679 bkpttbl_chain
6680 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6681 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6682 "BreakpointTable");
6683 else
6684 bkpttbl_chain
6685 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6686 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6687 "BreakpointTable");
6688
6689 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6690 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6691 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6692 annotate_field (0);
6693 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6694 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6695 annotate_field (1);
6696 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6697 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6698 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6699 annotate_field (2);
6700 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6701 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6702 annotate_field (3);
6703 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6704 if (opts.addressprint)
6705 {
6706 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6707 annotate_field (4);
6708 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6709 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6710 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6711 else
6712 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6713 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6714 }
6715 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6716 annotate_field (5);
6717 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6718 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6719 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6720 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6721
6722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6723 {
6724 QUIT;
6725 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6726 if (filter && !filter (b))
6727 continue;
6728
6729 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6730 accept. Skip the others. */
6731
6732 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6733 {
6734 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6735 {
6736 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6737 continue;
6738 }
6739 else /* all others */
6740 {
6741 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6742 continue;
6743 }
6744 }
6745 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6746 allflag is set. */
6747 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6748 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6749 }
6750
6751 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6752
6753 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6754 {
6755 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6756 empty list. */
6757 if (!filter)
6758 {
6759 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6760 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6761 else
6762 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6763 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6764 args);
6765 }
6766 }
6767 else
6768 {
6769 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6770 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6771 }
6772
6773 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6774 there have been breakpoints? */
6775 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6776
6777 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6778 }
6779
6780 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6781 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6782
6783 static void
6784 default_collect_info (void)
6785 {
6786 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6787
6788 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6789 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6790 not wanted. */
6791 if (!*default_collect)
6792 return;
6793
6794 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6795 actions. */
6796 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6797 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6798 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6799 }
6800
6801 static void
6802 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6803 {
6804 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6805
6806 default_collect_info ();
6807 }
6808
6809 static void
6810 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6811 {
6812 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6813 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6814
6815 if (num_printed == 0)
6816 {
6817 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6818 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6819 else
6820 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6821 }
6822 }
6823
6824 static void
6825 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6826 {
6827 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6828
6829 default_collect_info ();
6830 }
6831
6832 static int
6833 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6834 struct program_space *pspace,
6835 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6836 {
6837 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6838
6839 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6840 {
6841 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6842 && bl->address == pc
6843 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6844 return 1;
6845 }
6846 return 0;
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6850 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6851 address spaces. */
6852
6853 static void
6854 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6855 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6856 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6857 {
6858 int others = 0;
6859 struct breakpoint *b;
6860
6861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6862 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6863 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6864 if (others > 0)
6865 {
6866 if (others == 1)
6867 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6868 else /* if (others == ???) */
6869 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6871 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6872 {
6873 others--;
6874 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6875 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6876 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6877 else if (b->thread != -1)
6878 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6879 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6880 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6881 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6882 ? " (disabled)"
6883 : ""),
6884 (others > 1) ? ","
6885 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6886 }
6887 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6888 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6889 printf_filtered (".\n");
6890 }
6891 }
6892 \f
6893
6894 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6895 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6896 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6897 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6898
6899 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6900 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6901 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6902 breakpoint at address zero:
6903
6904 bp_watchpoint
6905 bp_catchpoint
6906
6907 */
6908
6909 static int
6910 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6911 {
6912 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6913
6914 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6915 }
6916
6917 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6918 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6919
6920 static int
6921 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6922 struct bp_location *loc2)
6923 {
6924 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6925 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6926
6927 /* Both of them must exist. */
6928 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6929 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6930
6931 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6932 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6933 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6934 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6935 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6936 other watchpoint. */
6937 if ((w1->cond_exp
6938 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6939 loc1->length,
6940 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6941 w1->cond_exp))
6942 || (w2->cond_exp
6943 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6944 loc2->length,
6945 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6946 w2->cond_exp)))
6947 return 0;
6948
6949 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6950 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6951 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6952 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6953 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6954 become hw_access locations later. */
6955 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6956 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6957 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6958 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6959 }
6960
6961 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6962
6963 int
6964 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6965 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6966 {
6967 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6968 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6969 && addr1 == addr2);
6970 }
6971
6972 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6973 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6974 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6975 space doesn't really matter. */
6976
6977 static int
6978 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6979 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6980 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6981 {
6982 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6983 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6984 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6985 }
6986
6987 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6988 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6989 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6990 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6991
6992 static int
6993 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6994 struct address_space *aspace,
6995 CORE_ADDR addr)
6996 {
6997 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6998 aspace, addr)
6999 || (bl->length
7000 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7001 bl->address, bl->length,
7002 aspace, addr)));
7003 }
7004
7005 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7006 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7007 true, otherwise returns false. */
7008
7009 static int
7010 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7011 struct bp_location *loc2)
7012 {
7013 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7014 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7015 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7016 different locations. */
7017 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7018 else
7019 return 0;
7020 }
7021
7022 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7023 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7024 represent the same location. */
7025
7026 static int
7027 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7028 struct bp_location *loc2)
7029 {
7030 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7031
7032 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7033 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7034 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7035
7036 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7037 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7038
7039 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7040 return 0;
7041 else if (hw_point1)
7042 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7043 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7044 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7045 else
7046 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7047 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7048 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7049 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7050 }
7051
7052 static void
7053 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7054 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7055 {
7056 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7057 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7058 char astr1[64];
7059 char astr2[64];
7060
7061 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7062 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7063 if (have_bnum)
7064 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7065 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7066 else
7067 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7068 }
7069
7070 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7071 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7072 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7073 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7074
7075 static CORE_ADDR
7076 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7077 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7078 {
7079 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7080 {
7081 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7082 return bpaddr;
7083 }
7084 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7085 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7086 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7087 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7088 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7089 {
7090 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7091 have their addresses modified. */
7092 return bpaddr;
7093 }
7094 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7095 {
7096 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7097 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7098 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7099 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7100 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7101 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7102 return bpaddr;
7103 }
7104 else
7105 {
7106 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7107
7108 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7109 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7110 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7111
7112 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7113 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7114 is required. */
7115 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7116 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7117
7118 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7119 }
7120 }
7121
7122 void
7123 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7124 struct breakpoint *owner)
7125 {
7126 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7127
7128 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7129
7130 loc->ops = ops;
7131 loc->owner = owner;
7132 loc->cond = NULL;
7133 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7134 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7135 loc->enabled = 1;
7136
7137 switch (owner->type)
7138 {
7139 case bp_breakpoint:
7140 case bp_single_step:
7141 case bp_until:
7142 case bp_finish:
7143 case bp_longjmp:
7144 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7145 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7146 case bp_exception:
7147 case bp_exception_resume:
7148 case bp_step_resume:
7149 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7150 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7151 case bp_call_dummy:
7152 case bp_std_terminate:
7153 case bp_shlib_event:
7154 case bp_thread_event:
7155 case bp_overlay_event:
7156 case bp_jit_event:
7157 case bp_longjmp_master:
7158 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7159 case bp_exception_master:
7160 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7161 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7162 case bp_dprintf:
7163 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7164 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7165 break;
7166 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7167 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7168 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7169 break;
7170 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7171 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7172 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7173 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7174 break;
7175 case bp_watchpoint:
7176 case bp_catchpoint:
7177 case bp_tracepoint:
7178 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7179 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7180 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7181 break;
7182 default:
7183 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7184 }
7185
7186 loc->refc = 1;
7187 }
7188
7189 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7190
7191 static struct bp_location *
7192 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7193 {
7194 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7195 }
7196
7197 static void
7198 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7199 {
7200 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7201 xfree (loc);
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Increment reference count. */
7205
7206 static void
7207 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7208 {
7209 ++bl->refc;
7210 }
7211
7212 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7213 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7214
7215 static void
7216 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7217 {
7218 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7219
7220 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7221 free_bp_location (*blp);
7222 *blp = NULL;
7223 }
7224
7225 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7226
7227 static void
7228 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7229 {
7230 struct breakpoint *b1;
7231
7232 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7233 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7234
7235 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7236 if (b1 == 0)
7237 breakpoint_chain = b;
7238 else
7239 {
7240 while (b1->next)
7241 b1 = b1->next;
7242 b1->next = b;
7243 }
7244 }
7245
7246 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7247
7248 static void
7249 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7250 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7251 enum bptype bptype,
7252 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7253 {
7254 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7255
7256 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7257
7258 b->ops = ops;
7259 b->type = bptype;
7260 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7261 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7262 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7263 b->thread = -1;
7264 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7265 b->next = 0;
7266 b->silent = 0;
7267 b->ignore_count = 0;
7268 b->commands = NULL;
7269 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7270 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7271 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7272 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7273 }
7274
7275 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7276 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7277
7278 static struct breakpoint *
7279 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7280 enum bptype bptype,
7281 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7282 {
7283 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7284
7285 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7286 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7287 return b;
7288 }
7289
7290 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7291 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7292 enough. */
7293
7294 static void
7295 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7296 {
7297 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7298
7299 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7300 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7301 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7302 {
7303 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7304 const char *function_name;
7305 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7306
7307 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7308 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7309
7310 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7311 {
7312 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7313
7314 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7315 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7316 &loc->requested_address))
7317 {
7318 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7319 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7320 loc->requested_address,
7321 b->type);
7322 }
7323 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7324 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7325 {
7326 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7327 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7328 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7329 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7330 breakpoint. */
7331 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 if (function_name)
7336 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7337 }
7338 }
7339
7340 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7341 struct gdbarch *
7342 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7343 {
7344 if (sal.section)
7345 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7346 if (sal.symtab)
7347 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7348
7349 return NULL;
7350 }
7351
7352 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7353 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7354 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7355
7356 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7357 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7358 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7359
7360 static void
7361 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7362 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7363 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7364 {
7365 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7366
7367 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7368
7369 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7370 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7371
7372 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7373 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7374 program space. */
7375 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7376 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7377 }
7378
7379 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7380 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7381 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7382 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7383 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7384 is also returned as the value of this function.
7385
7386 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7387 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7388 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7389 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7390 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7391 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7392 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7393
7394 struct breakpoint *
7395 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7396 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7397 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7398 {
7399 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7400
7401 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7402 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7403 return b;
7404 }
7405
7406
7407 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7408 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7409 void
7410 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7411 {
7412 struct bp_location *bl;
7413
7414 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7415 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7416 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7417 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7418 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7419 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7420 {
7421 bl->permanent = 1;
7422 bl->inserted = 1;
7423 }
7424 }
7425
7426 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7427 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7428 initiated the operation. */
7429
7430 void
7431 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7432 {
7433 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7434 int thread = tp->num;
7435
7436 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7437 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7438 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7439 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7441 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7442 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7443 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7444 {
7445 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7446 struct breakpoint *clone;
7447
7448 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7449 after their removal. */
7450 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7451 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7452 clone->thread = thread;
7453 }
7454
7455 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7456 }
7457
7458 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7459 void
7460 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7461 {
7462 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7463
7464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7465 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7466 {
7467 if (b->thread == thread)
7468 delete_breakpoint (b);
7469 }
7470 }
7471
7472 void
7473 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7474 {
7475 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7476
7477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7478 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7479 {
7480 if (b->thread == thread)
7481 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7482 }
7483 }
7484
7485 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7486 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7487 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7488 breakpoints. */
7489
7490 struct breakpoint *
7491 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7492 {
7493 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7494
7495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7496 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7497 {
7498 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7499
7500 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7501 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7502 1);
7503 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7504
7505 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7506
7507 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7508 if (retval == NULL)
7509 retval = new_b;
7510 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7511 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7512 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7513 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7514 }
7515
7516 return retval;
7517 }
7518
7519 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7520 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7521 stack.
7522
7523 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7524 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7525 frames. */
7526
7527 void
7528 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7529 {
7530 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7531
7532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7533 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7534 {
7535 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7536
7537 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7538 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7539 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7540 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7541 continue;
7542
7543 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7544
7545 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7546 {
7547 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7548 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7549 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7550 }
7551 delete_breakpoint (b);
7552 }
7553 }
7554
7555 void
7556 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7557 {
7558 struct breakpoint *b;
7559
7560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7561 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7562 {
7563 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7564 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7565 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7566 }
7567 }
7568
7569 void
7570 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7571 {
7572 struct breakpoint *b;
7573
7574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7575 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7576 {
7577 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7578 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7579 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7580 }
7581 }
7582
7583 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7584 master breakpoint. */
7585 void
7586 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7587 {
7588 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7589
7590 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7591 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7592 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7593 {
7594 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7595 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7600 void
7601 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7602 {
7603 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7604
7605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7606 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7607 delete_breakpoint (b);
7608 }
7609
7610 struct breakpoint *
7611 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7612 {
7613 struct breakpoint *b;
7614
7615 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7616 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7617
7618 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7619 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7620 b->addr_string
7621 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7622
7623 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7624
7625 return b;
7626 }
7627
7628 void
7629 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7630 {
7631 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7632
7633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7634 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7635 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7636 delete_breakpoint (b);
7637 }
7638
7639 struct lang_and_radix
7640 {
7641 enum language lang;
7642 int radix;
7643 };
7644
7645 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7646
7647 struct breakpoint *
7648 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7649 {
7650 struct breakpoint *b;
7651
7652 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7653 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7654 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7655 return b;
7656 }
7657
7658 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7659
7660 void
7661 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7662 {
7663 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7664
7665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7666 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7667 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7668 delete_breakpoint (b);
7669 }
7670
7671 void
7672 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7673 {
7674 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7675
7676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7677 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7678 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7679 delete_breakpoint (b);
7680 }
7681
7682 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7683
7684 void
7685 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7686 {
7687 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7688
7689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7690 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7691 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7692 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7696 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7697 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7698
7699 static struct breakpoint *
7700 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7701 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7702 {
7703 struct breakpoint *b;
7704
7705 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7706 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7707 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7708 return b;
7709 }
7710
7711 struct breakpoint *
7712 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7713 {
7714 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7715 }
7716
7717 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7718
7719 struct breakpoint *
7720 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7721 {
7722 struct breakpoint *b;
7723
7724 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7725 locations. */
7726 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7727 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7728 {
7729 delete_breakpoint (b);
7730 return NULL;
7731 }
7732 return b;
7733 }
7734
7735 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7736 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7737
7738 void
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7740 {
7741 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7742
7743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7744 {
7745 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7746 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7747
7748 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7749 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7750 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7751 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7752 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7753 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7754 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7755 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7756 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7757 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7758 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7759 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7760 )
7761 {
7762 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7763 }
7764 }
7765 }
7766
7767 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7768 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7769 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7770
7771 static void
7772 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7773 {
7774 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7775 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7776
7777 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7778 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7779 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7780 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7781 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7782 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7783 return;
7784
7785 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7786 {
7787 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7788 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7789
7790 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7791 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7792 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7793 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7794 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7795 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7796 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7797 || is_tracepoint (b))
7798 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7799 {
7800 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7801 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7802 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7803 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7804 loc->inserted = 0;
7805
7806 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7807 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7808
7809 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7810 {
7811 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7812 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7813 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7814 solib->so_name);
7815 }
7816 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7817 }
7818 }
7819 }
7820
7821 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7822 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7823 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7824
7825 static void
7826 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7827 {
7828 struct breakpoint *b;
7829
7830 if (objfile == NULL)
7831 return;
7832
7833 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7834 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7835 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7836 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7837 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7838 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7839 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7840 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7841 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7842 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7843 main objfile). */
7844 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7845 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7846 return;
7847
7848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7849 {
7850 struct bp_location *loc;
7851 int bp_modified = 0;
7852
7853 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7854 continue;
7855
7856 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7857 {
7858 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7859
7860 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7861 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7862 continue;
7863
7864 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7865 continue;
7866
7867 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7868 continue;
7869
7870 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7871 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7872 continue;
7873
7874 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7875 {
7876 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7877 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7878 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7879 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7880 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7881 unmapped. */
7882
7883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7884
7885 bp_modified = 1;
7886 }
7887 }
7888
7889 if (bp_modified)
7890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7891 }
7892 }
7893
7894 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7895
7896 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7897 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7898 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7899 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7900 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7901
7902 struct fork_catchpoint
7903 {
7904 /* The base class. */
7905 struct breakpoint base;
7906
7907 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7908 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7909 catchpoint has triggered. */
7910 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7911 };
7912
7913 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7914 catchpoints. */
7915
7916 static int
7917 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7918 {
7919 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7923 catchpoints. */
7924
7925 static int
7926 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7927 {
7928 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7929 }
7930
7931 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7932 catchpoints. */
7933
7934 static int
7935 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7936 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7937 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7938 {
7939 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7940
7941 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7942 return 0;
7943
7944 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7945 return 1;
7946 }
7947
7948 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7949 catchpoints. */
7950
7951 static enum print_stop_action
7952 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7953 {
7954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7955 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7956 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7957
7958 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7959 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7960 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7961 else
7962 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7963 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7964 {
7965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7966 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7967 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7968 }
7969 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7970 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7971 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7972 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7973 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7974 }
7975
7976 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7977 catchpoints. */
7978
7979 static void
7980 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7981 {
7982 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7983 struct value_print_options opts;
7984 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7985
7986 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7987
7988 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7989 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7990 readable). */
7991 if (opts.addressprint)
7992 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7993 annotate_field (5);
7994 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7995 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7996 {
7997 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7998 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7999 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8000 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8001 }
8002
8003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8005 }
8006
8007 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8008 catchpoints. */
8009
8010 static void
8011 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8012 {
8013 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8014 }
8015
8016 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8017 catchpoints. */
8018
8019 static void
8020 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8021 {
8022 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8023 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8024 }
8025
8026 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8027
8028 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8029
8030 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8031 catchpoints. */
8032
8033 static int
8034 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8035 {
8036 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8037 }
8038
8039 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8040 catchpoints. */
8041
8042 static int
8043 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8044 {
8045 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8046 }
8047
8048 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8049 catchpoints. */
8050
8051 static int
8052 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8053 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8054 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8055 {
8056 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8057
8058 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8059 return 0;
8060
8061 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8062 return 1;
8063 }
8064
8065 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8066 catchpoints. */
8067
8068 static enum print_stop_action
8069 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8070 {
8071 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8072 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8073 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8074
8075 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8076 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8077 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8078 else
8079 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8081 {
8082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8083 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8085 }
8086 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8087 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8088 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8089 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8090 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8091 }
8092
8093 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8094 catchpoints. */
8095
8096 static void
8097 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8098 {
8099 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8100 struct value_print_options opts;
8101 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8102
8103 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8104 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8105 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8106 readable). */
8107 if (opts.addressprint)
8108 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8109 annotate_field (5);
8110 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8111 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8112 {
8113 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8115 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8116 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8117 }
8118
8119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8121 }
8122
8123 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8124 catchpoints. */
8125
8126 static void
8127 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8128 {
8129 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8130 }
8131
8132 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8133 catchpoints. */
8134
8135 static void
8136 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8137 {
8138 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8139 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8140 }
8141
8142 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8143
8144 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8145
8146 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8147 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8148 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8149 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8150 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8151
8152 struct solib_catchpoint
8153 {
8154 /* The base class. */
8155 struct breakpoint base;
8156
8157 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8158 unsigned char is_load;
8159
8160 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8161 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8162 char *regex;
8163 regex_t compiled;
8164 };
8165
8166 static void
8167 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8168 {
8169 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8170
8171 if (self->regex)
8172 regfree (&self->compiled);
8173 xfree (self->regex);
8174
8175 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8176 }
8177
8178 static int
8179 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8180 {
8181 return 0;
8182 }
8183
8184 static int
8185 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8186 {
8187 return 0;
8188 }
8189
8190 static int
8191 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8192 struct address_space *aspace,
8193 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8194 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8195 {
8196 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8197 struct breakpoint *other;
8198
8199 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8200 return 1;
8201
8202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8203 {
8204 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8205
8206 if (other == bl->owner)
8207 continue;
8208
8209 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8210 continue;
8211
8212 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8213 continue;
8214
8215 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8216 {
8217 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8218 return 1;
8219 }
8220 }
8221
8222 return 0;
8223 }
8224
8225 static void
8226 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8227 {
8228 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8229 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8230 int ix;
8231
8232 if (self->is_load)
8233 {
8234 struct so_list *iter;
8235
8236 for (ix = 0;
8237 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8238 ix, iter);
8239 ++ix)
8240 {
8241 if (!self->regex
8242 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8243 return;
8244 }
8245 }
8246 else
8247 {
8248 char *iter;
8249
8250 for (ix = 0;
8251 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8252 ix, iter);
8253 ++ix)
8254 {
8255 if (!self->regex
8256 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8257 return;
8258 }
8259 }
8260
8261 bs->stop = 0;
8262 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8263 }
8264
8265 static enum print_stop_action
8266 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8267 {
8268 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8269 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8270
8271 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8272 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8273 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8274 else
8275 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8276 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8277 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8278 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8279 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8280 print_solib_event (1);
8281 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8282 }
8283
8284 static void
8285 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8286 {
8287 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8288 struct value_print_options opts;
8289 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8290 char *msg;
8291
8292 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8293 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8294 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8295 readable). */
8296 if (opts.addressprint)
8297 {
8298 annotate_field (4);
8299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8300 }
8301
8302 annotate_field (5);
8303 if (self->is_load)
8304 {
8305 if (self->regex)
8306 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8307 else
8308 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8309 }
8310 else
8311 {
8312 if (self->regex)
8313 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8314 else
8315 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8316 }
8317 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8318 xfree (msg);
8319
8320 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8321 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8322 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8323 }
8324
8325 static void
8326 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8327 {
8328 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8329
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8331 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8332 }
8333
8334 static void
8335 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8336 {
8337 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8338
8339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8340 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8341 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8342 if (self->regex)
8343 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8344 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8345 }
8346
8347 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8348
8349 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8350 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8351 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8352 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8353 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8354 created in an enabled state. */
8355
8356 void
8357 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8358 {
8359 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8360 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8361 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8362
8363 if (!arg)
8364 arg = "";
8365 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8366
8367 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8368 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8369
8370 if (*arg != '\0')
8371 {
8372 int errcode;
8373
8374 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8375 if (errcode != 0)
8376 {
8377 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8378
8379 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8380 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8381 }
8382 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8383 }
8384
8385 c->is_load = is_load;
8386 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8387 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8388
8389 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8390
8391 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8392 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8393 }
8394
8395 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8396 "catch unload". */
8397
8398 static void
8399 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8400 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8401 {
8402 int tempflag;
8403 const int enabled = 1;
8404
8405 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8406
8407 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8408 }
8409
8410 static void
8411 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8412 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8413 {
8414 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8415 }
8416
8417 static void
8418 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8419 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8420 {
8421 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8422 }
8423
8424 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8425 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8426 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8427 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8428 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8429
8430 struct syscall_catchpoint
8431 {
8432 /* The base class. */
8433 struct breakpoint base;
8434
8435 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8436 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8437 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8438 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8439 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8440 };
8441
8442 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8443 catchpoints. */
8444
8445 static void
8446 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8447 {
8448 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8449
8450 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8451
8452 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8453 }
8454
8455 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8456
8457 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8458 {
8459 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8460 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8461 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8462
8463 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8464 int any_syscall_count;
8465
8466 /* Count of each system call. */
8467 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8468
8469 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8470 if any catching is necessary. */
8471 int total_syscalls_count;
8472 };
8473
8474 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8475 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8476 {
8477 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8478
8479 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8480 if (inf_data == NULL)
8481 {
8482 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8483 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8484 }
8485
8486 return inf_data;
8487 }
8488
8489 static void
8490 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8491 {
8492 xfree (arg);
8493 }
8494
8495
8496 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8497 catchpoints. */
8498
8499 static int
8500 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8501 {
8502 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8503 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8504 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8505 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8506
8507 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8508 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8509 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8510 else
8511 {
8512 int i, iter;
8513
8514 for (i = 0;
8515 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8516 i++)
8517 {
8518 int elem;
8519
8520 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8521 {
8522 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8523 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8524 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8525 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8526 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8527 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8528 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8529 + vec_addr_offset);
8530 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8531 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8532 }
8533 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8534 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8535 }
8536 }
8537
8538 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8539 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8540 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8541 VEC_length (int,
8542 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8543 VEC_address (int,
8544 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8545 }
8546
8547 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8548 catchpoints. */
8549
8550 static int
8551 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8552 {
8553 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8554 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8555 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8556 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8557
8558 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8559 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8560 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8561 else
8562 {
8563 int i, iter;
8564
8565 for (i = 0;
8566 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8567 i++)
8568 {
8569 int elem;
8570 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8571 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8572 continue;
8573 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8574 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8575 }
8576 }
8577
8578 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8579 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8580 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8581 VEC_length (int,
8582 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8583 VEC_address (int,
8584 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8585 }
8586
8587 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8588 catchpoints. */
8589
8590 static int
8591 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8592 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8593 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8594 {
8595 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8596 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8597 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8598 int syscall_number = 0;
8599 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8600 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8601
8602 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8603 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8604 return 0;
8605
8606 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8607
8608 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8609 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8610 {
8611 int i, iter;
8612
8613 for (i = 0;
8614 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8615 i++)
8616 if (syscall_number == iter)
8617 return 1;
8618
8619 return 0;
8620 }
8621
8622 return 1;
8623 }
8624
8625 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8626 catchpoints. */
8627
8628 static enum print_stop_action
8629 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8630 {
8631 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8632 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8633 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8634 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8635 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8636 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8637 ptid_t ptid;
8638 struct target_waitstatus last;
8639 struct syscall s;
8640 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bs->bp_location_at->gdbarch;
8641
8642 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8643
8644 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8645
8646 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8647
8648 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8649 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8650 else
8651 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8652 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8653 {
8654 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8655 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8656 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8657 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8658 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8659 }
8660 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8661
8662 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8663 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8664 else
8665 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8666
8667 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8668 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8669 if (s.name != NULL)
8670 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8671
8672 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8673
8674 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8675 }
8676
8677 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8678 catchpoints. */
8679
8680 static void
8681 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8682 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8683 {
8684 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8685 struct value_print_options opts;
8686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8687 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8688
8689 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8690 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8691 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8692 readable). */
8693 if (opts.addressprint)
8694 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8695 annotate_field (5);
8696
8697 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8698 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8699 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8700 else
8701 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8702
8703 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8704 {
8705 int i, iter;
8706 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8707
8708 for (i = 0;
8709 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8710 i++)
8711 {
8712 char *x = text;
8713 struct syscall s;
8714 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8715
8716 if (s.name != NULL)
8717 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8718 else
8719 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8720
8721 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8722 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8723 on every call. */
8724 xfree (x);
8725 }
8726 /* Remove the last comma. */
8727 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8728 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8729 }
8730 else
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8732 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8733
8734 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8735 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8736 }
8737
8738 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8739 catchpoints. */
8740
8741 static void
8742 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8743 {
8744 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8745 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8746
8747 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8748 {
8749 int i, iter;
8750
8751 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8752 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8753 else
8754 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8755
8756 for (i = 0;
8757 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8758 i++)
8759 {
8760 struct syscall s;
8761 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8762
8763 if (s.name)
8764 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8765 else
8766 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8767 }
8768 printf_filtered (")");
8769 }
8770 else
8771 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8772 b->number);
8773 }
8774
8775 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8776 catchpoints. */
8777
8778 static void
8779 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8780 {
8781 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8782 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8783
8784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8785
8786 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8787 {
8788 int i, iter;
8789
8790 for (i = 0;
8791 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8792 i++)
8793 {
8794 struct syscall s;
8795
8796 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8797 if (s.name)
8798 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8799 else
8800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8801 }
8802 }
8803 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8804 }
8805
8806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8807
8808 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8809
8810 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8811
8812 static int
8813 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8814 {
8815 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8816 }
8817
8818 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8819 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8820 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8821 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8822
8823 void
8824 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8825 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8826 char *cond_string,
8827 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8828 {
8829 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8830
8831 init_sal (&sal);
8832 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8833
8834 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8835
8836 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8837 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8838 }
8839
8840 void
8841 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8842 {
8843 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8844 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8845 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8846 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8847 if (!internal)
8848 mention (b);
8849 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8850
8851 if (update_gll)
8852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8853 }
8854
8855 static void
8856 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8857 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8858 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8859 {
8860 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8861
8862 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8863
8864 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8865
8866 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8867 }
8868
8869 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8870
8871 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8872 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8873 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8874 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8875 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8876
8877 struct exec_catchpoint
8878 {
8879 /* The base class. */
8880 struct breakpoint base;
8881
8882 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8883 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8884 triggered. */
8885 char *exec_pathname;
8886 };
8887
8888 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8889 catchpoints. */
8890
8891 static void
8892 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8893 {
8894 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8895
8896 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8897
8898 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8899 }
8900
8901 static int
8902 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8903 {
8904 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8905 }
8906
8907 static int
8908 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8909 {
8910 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8911 }
8912
8913 static int
8914 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8915 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8916 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8917 {
8918 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8919
8920 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8921 return 0;
8922
8923 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8924 return 1;
8925 }
8926
8927 static enum print_stop_action
8928 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8929 {
8930 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8931 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8932 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8933
8934 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8935 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8936 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8937 else
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8939 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8940 {
8941 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8942 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8944 }
8945 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8946 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8947 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8948 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8949
8950 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8951 }
8952
8953 static void
8954 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8955 {
8956 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8957 struct value_print_options opts;
8958 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8959
8960 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8961
8962 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8963 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8964 is relatively readable). */
8965 if (opts.addressprint)
8966 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8967 annotate_field (5);
8968 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8969 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8970 {
8971 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8974 }
8975
8976 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8977 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8978 }
8979
8980 static void
8981 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8982 {
8983 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8984 }
8985
8986 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8987 catchpoints. */
8988
8989 static void
8990 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8991 {
8992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8993 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8994 }
8995
8996 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8997
8998 static void
8999 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
9000 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9001 {
9002 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
9003 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9004
9005 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9006 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9007 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9008
9009 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9010 }
9011
9012 static int
9013 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9014 {
9015 int i = 0;
9016 struct breakpoint *b;
9017 struct bp_location *bl;
9018
9019 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9020 {
9021 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9022 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9023 {
9024 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9025 one register. */
9026 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9027 }
9028 }
9029
9030 return i;
9031 }
9032
9033 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9034 watchpoint. */
9035
9036 static int
9037 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9038 {
9039 int i = 0;
9040 struct bp_location *bl;
9041
9042 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9043 return 0;
9044
9045 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9046 {
9047 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9048 one register. */
9049 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9050 }
9051
9052 return i;
9053 }
9054
9055 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9056 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9057 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9058 types _not_ TYPE. */
9059
9060 static int
9061 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9062 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9063 {
9064 int i = 0;
9065 struct breakpoint *b;
9066
9067 *other_type_used = 0;
9068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9069 {
9070 if (b == except)
9071 continue;
9072 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9073 continue;
9074
9075 if (b->type == type)
9076 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9077 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9078 *other_type_used = 1;
9079 }
9080
9081 return i;
9082 }
9083
9084 void
9085 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9086 {
9087 struct breakpoint *b;
9088
9089 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9090 {
9091 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9092 {
9093 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9094 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9095 }
9096 }
9097 }
9098
9099 void
9100 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9101 {
9102 struct breakpoint *b;
9103
9104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9105 {
9106 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9107 {
9108 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9109 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9110 }
9111 }
9112 }
9113
9114 void
9115 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9116 {
9117 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9118 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9119 }
9120
9121 void
9122 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9123 {
9124 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9125 breakpoint_re_set ();
9126 }
9127
9128 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9129 locations. */
9130
9131 static struct breakpoint *
9132 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9133 {
9134 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9135
9136 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9137 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9138
9139 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9140 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9141
9142 b->thread = thread;
9143 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9144
9145 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9146
9147 return b;
9148 }
9149
9150 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9151 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9152 frame. */
9153
9154 struct breakpoint *
9155 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9156 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9157 {
9158 struct breakpoint *b;
9159
9160 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9161 tail-called one. */
9162 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9163
9164 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9165 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9166 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9167 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9168
9169 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9170 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9171 control. */
9172 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9173 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9174
9175 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9176
9177 return b;
9178 }
9179
9180 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9181 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9182 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9183
9184 static struct breakpoint *
9185 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9186 enum bptype type,
9187 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9188 int loc_enabled)
9189 {
9190 struct breakpoint *copy;
9191
9192 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9193 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9194 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9195
9196 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9197 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9198 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9199 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9200 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9201 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9202 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9203 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9204 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9205 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9206 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9207 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9208
9209 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9210 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9211 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9212
9213 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9214 return copy;
9215 }
9216
9217 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9218 ORIG is NULL. */
9219
9220 struct breakpoint *
9221 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9222 {
9223 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9224 if (orig == NULL)
9225 return NULL;
9226
9227 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9228 }
9229
9230 struct breakpoint *
9231 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9232 enum bptype type)
9233 {
9234 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9235
9236 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9237 sal.pc = pc;
9238 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9239 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9240
9241 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9242 }
9243 \f
9244
9245 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9246
9247 static void
9248 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9249 {
9250 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9252 return;
9253 printf_filtered ("\n");
9254 }
9255 \f
9256
9257 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9258
9259 static struct bp_location *
9260 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9261 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9262 {
9263 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9264 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9265 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9266
9267 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9268 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9269
9270 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9271 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9272 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9273 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9274 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9275 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9276 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9277 sal->pc, b->type);
9278
9279 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9280 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9281 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9282 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9283 ;
9284 loc->next = *tmp;
9285 *tmp = loc;
9286
9287 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9288 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9289 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9290 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9291 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9292 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9293 loc->section = sal->section;
9294 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9295 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9296 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9297
9298 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9299 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9300
9301 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9302 {
9303 loc->inserted = 1;
9304 loc->permanent = 1;
9305 }
9306
9307 return loc;
9308 }
9309 \f
9310
9311 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9312 return 0 otherwise. */
9313
9314 static int
9315 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9316 {
9317 int len;
9318 CORE_ADDR addr;
9319 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9320 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9321 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9322 int retval = 0;
9323
9324 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9325
9326 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9327 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9328 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9329 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9330 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9331 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9332 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9333 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9334 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9335 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9336 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9337 if (loc->owner->type == bp_call_dummy)
9338 return 0;
9339
9340 addr = loc->address;
9341 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9342
9343 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9344 if (bpoint == NULL)
9345 return 0;
9346
9347 target_mem = alloca (len);
9348
9349 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9350 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9351 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9352 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9353
9354 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9355 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9356
9357 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9358 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9359 retval = 1;
9360
9361 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9362
9363 return retval;
9364 }
9365
9366 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9367 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9368
9369 static void
9370 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9371 {
9372 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9373 char *printf_line = NULL;
9374
9375 if (!dprintf_args)
9376 return;
9377
9378 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9379
9380 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9381 insist on it. */
9382 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9383 ++dprintf_args;
9384 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9385
9386 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9387 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9388
9389 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9390 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9391 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9392 {
9393 if (!dprintf_function)
9394 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9395
9396 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9397 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9398 dprintf_function,
9399 dprintf_channel,
9400 dprintf_args);
9401 else
9402 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9403 dprintf_function,
9404 dprintf_args);
9405 }
9406 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9407 {
9408 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9409 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9410 else
9411 {
9412 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9413 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9414 }
9415 }
9416 else
9417 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9418 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9419
9420 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9421 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9422 {
9423 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9424 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9425
9426 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9427 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9428 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9429 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9430 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9431 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9432
9433 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9434 }
9435 }
9436
9437 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9438 current style settings. */
9439
9440 static void
9441 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9442 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9443 {
9444 struct breakpoint *b;
9445
9446 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9447 {
9448 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9449 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9450 }
9451 }
9452
9453 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9454 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9455 as condition expression. */
9456
9457 static void
9458 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9459 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9460 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9461 char *extra_string,
9462 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9463 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9464 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9465 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9466 int display_canonical)
9467 {
9468 int i;
9469
9470 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9471 {
9472 int target_resources_ok;
9473
9474 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9475 target_resources_ok =
9476 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9477 i + 1, 0);
9478 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9479 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9480 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9481 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9482 }
9483
9484 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9485
9486 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9487 {
9488 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9489 struct bp_location *loc;
9490
9491 if (from_tty)
9492 {
9493 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9494 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9495 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9496
9497 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9498 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9499 }
9500
9501 if (i == 0)
9502 {
9503 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9504 b->thread = thread;
9505 b->task = task;
9506
9507 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9508 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9509 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9510 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9511 b->disposition = disposition;
9512
9513 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9514 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9515
9516 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9517 {
9518 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9519 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9520
9521 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9522 {
9523 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9524 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9525 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9526 char *endp;
9527 char *marker_str;
9528
9529 p = skip_spaces (p);
9530
9531 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9532
9533 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9534 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9535
9536 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9537 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9538 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9539 }
9540 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9541 {
9542 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9543 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9544
9545 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9546 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9547 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9548 }
9549 else
9550 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9551 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9552 }
9553
9554 loc = b->loc;
9555 }
9556 else
9557 {
9558 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9559 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9560 loc->inserted = 1;
9561 }
9562
9563 if (b->cond_string)
9564 {
9565 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9566
9567 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9568 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9569 if (*arg)
9570 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9571 }
9572
9573 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9574 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9575 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9576 {
9577 if (b->extra_string)
9578 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9579 else
9580 error (_("Format string required"));
9581 }
9582 else if (b->extra_string)
9583 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9584 }
9585
9586 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9587 if (addr_string)
9588 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9589 else
9590 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9591 me. */
9592 b->addr_string
9593 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9594 b->filter = filter;
9595 }
9596
9597 static void
9598 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9599 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9600 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9601 char *extra_string,
9602 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9603 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9604 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9605 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9606 int display_canonical)
9607 {
9608 struct breakpoint *b;
9609 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9610
9611 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9612 {
9613 struct tracepoint *t;
9614
9615 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9616 b = &t->base;
9617 }
9618 else
9619 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9620
9621 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9622
9623 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9624 sals, addr_string,
9625 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9626 type, disposition,
9627 thread, task, ignore_count,
9628 ops, from_tty,
9629 enabled, internal, flags,
9630 display_canonical);
9631 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9632
9633 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9634 }
9635
9636 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9637 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9638 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9639 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9640 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9641 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9642 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9643 we take just a single condition string.
9644
9645 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9646 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9647 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9648 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9649 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9650
9651 static void
9652 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9653 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9654 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9655 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9656 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9657 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9658 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9659 {
9660 int i;
9661 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9662
9663 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9664 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9665
9666 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9667 {
9668 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9669 'break', without arguments. */
9670 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9671 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9672 : NULL);
9673 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9674 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9675
9676 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9677 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9678 addr_string,
9679 filter_string,
9680 cond_string, extra_string,
9681 type, disposition,
9682 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9683 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9684 canonical->special_display);
9685 discard_cleanups (inner);
9686 }
9687 }
9688
9689 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9690 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9691 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9692 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9693
9694 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9695 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9696
9697 static void
9698 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9699 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9700 {
9701 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9702 breakpoint. */
9703 if ((*address) == NULL
9704 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9705 {
9706 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9707 address. */
9708 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9709 {
9710 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9711 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9712 CORE_ADDR pc;
9713
9714 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9715 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9716 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9717
9718 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9719 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9720 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9721 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9722 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9723 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9724 pc = sal.pc;
9725 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9726
9727 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9728 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9729 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9730 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9731 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9732 sal.pc = pc;
9733 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9734
9735 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9736 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9737 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9738
9739 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9740 }
9741 else
9742 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9743 }
9744 else
9745 {
9746 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9747
9748 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9749 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9750 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9751 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9752
9753 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9754 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9755 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9756 && (!cursal.symtab
9757 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9758 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9759 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9760 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9761 get_last_displayed_line (),
9762 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9763 else
9764 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9765 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9766 }
9767 }
9768
9769
9770 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9771 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9772
9773 static void
9774 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9775 {
9776 int i;
9777
9778 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9779 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9780 }
9781
9782 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9783 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9784 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9785 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9786 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9787 it, etc. */
9788
9789 static void
9790 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9791 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9792 {
9793 int i, rslt;
9794 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9795 char *msg;
9796 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9797
9798 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9799 {
9800 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9801
9802 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9803
9804 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9805 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9806 associated with SAL. */
9807 if (sarch == NULL)
9808 sarch = gdbarch;
9809 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9810 NULL, &msg);
9811 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9812
9813 if (!rslt)
9814 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9815 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9816
9817 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9818 }
9819 }
9820
9821 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9822
9823 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9824 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9825 {
9826 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9827 }
9828
9829 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9830 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9831 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9832 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9833 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9834 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9835
9836 static void
9837 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9838 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9839 char **rest)
9840 {
9841 *cond_string = NULL;
9842 *thread = -1;
9843 *task = 0;
9844 *rest = NULL;
9845
9846 while (tok && *tok)
9847 {
9848 const char *end_tok;
9849 int toklen;
9850 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9851 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9852
9853 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9854
9855 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9856 {
9857 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9858 return;
9859 }
9860
9861 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9862
9863 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9864
9865 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9866 {
9867 struct expression *expr;
9868
9869 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9870 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9871 xfree (expr);
9872 cond_end = tok;
9873 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9874 }
9875 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9876 {
9877 char *tmptok;
9878
9879 tok = end_tok + 1;
9880 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9881 if (tok == tmptok)
9882 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9883 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9884 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9885 tok = tmptok;
9886 }
9887 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9888 {
9889 char *tmptok;
9890
9891 tok = end_tok + 1;
9892 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9893 if (tok == tmptok)
9894 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9895 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9896 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9897 tok = tmptok;
9898 }
9899 else if (rest)
9900 {
9901 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9902 return;
9903 }
9904 else
9905 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9906 }
9907 }
9908
9909 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9910
9911 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9912 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9913 {
9914 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9915 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9916 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9917 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9918 char *endp;
9919 char *marker_str;
9920 int i;
9921
9922 p = skip_spaces (p);
9923
9924 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9925
9926 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9927 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9928
9929 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9930 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9931 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9932
9933 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9934 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9935
9936 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9937 {
9938 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9939
9940 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9941
9942 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9943
9944 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9945 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9946
9947 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9948 }
9949
9950 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9951
9952 *arg_p = endp;
9953 return sals;
9954 }
9955
9956 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9957 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9958 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9959 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9960 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9961 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9962 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9963 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9964 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9965 was created; false otherwise. */
9966
9967 int
9968 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9969 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9970 int thread, char *extra_string,
9971 int parse_arg,
9972 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9973 int ignore_count,
9974 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9975 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9976 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9977 unsigned flags)
9978 {
9979 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9980 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9981 char *addr_start = arg;
9982 struct linespec_result canonical;
9983 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9984 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9985 int pending = 0;
9986 int task = 0;
9987 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9988
9989 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9990
9991 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9992
9993 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9994 {
9995 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9996 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9997 }
9998
9999 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10000 switch (e.reason)
10001 {
10002 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
10003 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10004 return 0;
10005 break;
10006 case RETURN_ERROR:
10007 switch (e.error)
10008 {
10009 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10010
10011 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10012 error. */
10013
10014 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10015 throw_exception (e);
10016
10017 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10018
10019 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10020 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10021 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10022 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10023 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10024 return 0;
10025
10026 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10027 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10028 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10029 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10030 {
10031 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10032
10033 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10034 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10035 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10036 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10037 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10038 pending = 1;
10039 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10040 }
10041 break;
10042 default:
10043 throw_exception (e);
10044 }
10045 break;
10046 default:
10047 throw_exception (e);
10048 }
10049
10050 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10051 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10052
10053 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10054 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10055 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10056 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10057 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10058
10059 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10060 are ok for the target. */
10061 if (!pending)
10062 {
10063 int ix;
10064 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10065
10066 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10067 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10068 }
10069
10070 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10071 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10072 {
10073 int ix;
10074 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10075
10076 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10077 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10078 }
10079
10080 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10081 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10082 breakpoint. */
10083 if (!pending)
10084 {
10085 if (parse_arg)
10086 {
10087 char *rest;
10088 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10089
10090 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10091
10092 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10093 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10094 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10095 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10096
10097 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10098 &thread, &task, &rest);
10099 if (cond_string)
10100 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10101 if (rest)
10102 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10103 if (rest)
10104 extra_string = rest;
10105 }
10106 else
10107 {
10108 if (*arg != '\0')
10109 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10110
10111 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10112 if (cond_string)
10113 {
10114 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10115 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10116 }
10117 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10118 if (extra_string)
10119 {
10120 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10121 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10122 }
10123 }
10124
10125 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10126 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10127 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10128 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10129 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10130 }
10131 else
10132 {
10133 struct breakpoint *b;
10134
10135 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10136
10137 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10138 {
10139 struct tracepoint *t;
10140
10141 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10142 b = &t->base;
10143 }
10144 else
10145 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10146
10147 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10148
10149 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10150 if (parse_arg)
10151 b->cond_string = NULL;
10152 else
10153 {
10154 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10155 if (cond_string)
10156 {
10157 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10158 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10159 }
10160 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10161 }
10162 b->extra_string = NULL;
10163 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10164 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10165 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10166 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10167 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10168 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10169 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10170
10171 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10172 }
10173
10174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10175 {
10176 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10177 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10178 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10179 }
10180
10181 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10182 breakpoint. */
10183 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10184 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10185 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10186
10187 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10188 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10189
10190 return 1;
10191 }
10192
10193 /* Set a breakpoint.
10194 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10195 condition, and thread.
10196 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10197 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10198 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10199
10200 static void
10201 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10202 {
10203 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10204 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10205 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10206 : bp_breakpoint);
10207 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10208 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10209
10210 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10211 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10212 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10213 else
10214 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10215
10216 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10217 arg,
10218 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10219 tempflag, type_wanted,
10220 0 /* Ignore count */,
10221 pending_break_support,
10222 ops,
10223 from_tty,
10224 1 /* enabled */,
10225 0 /* internal */,
10226 0);
10227 }
10228
10229 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10230
10231 void
10232 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10233 {
10234 CORE_ADDR pc;
10235
10236 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10237 {
10238 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10239 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10240 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10241 sal->pc = pc;
10242
10243 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10244 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10245 if (sal->explicit_line)
10246 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10247 }
10248
10249 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10250 {
10251 const struct blockvector *bv;
10252 const struct block *b;
10253 struct symbol *sym;
10254
10255 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10256 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10257 if (bv != NULL)
10258 {
10259 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10260 if (sym != NULL)
10261 {
10262 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10263 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10264 sym);
10265 }
10266 else
10267 {
10268 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10269 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10270 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10271 happen in assembly source). */
10272
10273 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10274 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10275
10276 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10277
10278 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10279 if (msym.minsym)
10280 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10281
10282 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10283 }
10284 }
10285 }
10286 }
10287
10288 void
10289 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10290 {
10291 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10292 }
10293
10294 void
10295 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10296 {
10297 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10298 }
10299
10300 static void
10301 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10302 {
10303 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10304 }
10305
10306 static void
10307 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10308 {
10309 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10310 }
10311
10312 static void
10313 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10314 {
10315 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10316 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10317 stop at <line>\n"));
10318 }
10319
10320 static void
10321 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10322 {
10323 int badInput = 0;
10324
10325 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10326 badInput = 1;
10327 else if (*arg != '*')
10328 {
10329 char *argptr = arg;
10330 int hasColon = 0;
10331
10332 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10333 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10334 function/method name. */
10335 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10336 {
10337 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10338 argptr++;
10339 }
10340
10341 if (hasColon)
10342 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10343 else
10344 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10345 }
10346
10347 if (badInput)
10348 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10349 else
10350 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10351 }
10352
10353 static void
10354 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10355 {
10356 int badInput = 0;
10357
10358 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10359 badInput = 1;
10360 else
10361 {
10362 char *argptr = arg;
10363 int hasColon = 0;
10364
10365 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10366 it is probably a line number. */
10367 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10368 {
10369 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10370 argptr++;
10371 }
10372
10373 if (hasColon)
10374 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10375 else
10376 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10377 }
10378
10379 if (badInput)
10380 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10381 else
10382 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10383 }
10384
10385 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10386 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10387 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10388 line. */
10389
10390 static void
10391 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10392 {
10393 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10394 arg,
10395 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10396 0, bp_dprintf,
10397 0 /* Ignore count */,
10398 pending_break_support,
10399 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10400 from_tty,
10401 1 /* enabled */,
10402 0 /* internal */,
10403 0);
10404 }
10405
10406 static void
10407 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10408 {
10409 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10410 }
10411
10412 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10413 ranged breakpoints. */
10414
10415 static int
10416 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10417 struct address_space *aspace,
10418 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10419 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10420 {
10421 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10422 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10423 return 0;
10424
10425 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10426 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10427 }
10428
10429 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10430 ranged breakpoints. */
10431
10432 static int
10433 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10434 {
10435 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10436 }
10437
10438 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10439 ranged breakpoints. */
10440
10441 static enum print_stop_action
10442 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10443 {
10444 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10445 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10446 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10447
10448 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10449
10450 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10451 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10452
10453 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10454 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10456 else
10457 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10459 {
10460 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10463 }
10464 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10465 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10466
10467 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10468 }
10469
10470 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10471 ranged breakpoints. */
10472
10473 static void
10474 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10475 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10476 {
10477 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10478 struct value_print_options opts;
10479 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10480
10481 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10482 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10483
10484 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10485
10486 if (opts.addressprint)
10487 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10488 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10489 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10490 annotate_field (5);
10491 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10492 *last_loc = bl;
10493 }
10494
10495 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10496 ranged breakpoints. */
10497
10498 static void
10499 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10500 struct ui_out *uiout)
10501 {
10502 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10503 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10504 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10505 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10506
10507 gdb_assert (bl);
10508
10509 address_start = bl->address;
10510 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10511
10512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10513 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10514 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10515 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10516 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10518
10519 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10520 }
10521
10522 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10523 ranged breakpoints. */
10524
10525 static void
10526 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10527 {
10528 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10529 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10530
10531 gdb_assert (bl);
10532 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10533
10534 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10535 return;
10536
10537 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10538 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10539 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10540 }
10541
10542 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10543 ranged breakpoints. */
10544
10545 static void
10546 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10547 {
10548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10549 b->addr_string_range_end);
10550 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10551 }
10552
10553 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10554
10555 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10556
10557 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10558 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10559 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10560 last instruction of the given line. */
10561
10562 static CORE_ADDR
10563 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10564 {
10565 CORE_ADDR end;
10566
10567 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10568 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10569 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10570 end = sal.pc;
10571 else
10572 {
10573 int ret;
10574 CORE_ADDR start;
10575
10576 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10577 if (!ret)
10578 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10579
10580 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10581 end--;
10582 }
10583
10584 return end;
10585 }
10586
10587 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10588
10589 static void
10590 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10591 {
10592 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10593 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10594 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10595 CORE_ADDR end;
10596 struct breakpoint *b;
10597 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10598 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10599 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10600
10601 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10602 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10603 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10604
10605 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10606 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10607 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10608 bp_count, 0);
10609 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10610 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10611
10612 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10613 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10614 error(_("No address range specified."));
10615
10616 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10617
10618 arg_start = arg;
10619 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10620
10621 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10622
10623 if (arg[0] != ',')
10624 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10625 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10626 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10627
10628 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10629
10630 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10631 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10632 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10633
10634 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10635 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10636 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10637
10638 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10639 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10640
10641 /* Parse the end location. */
10642
10643 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10644 arg_start = arg;
10645
10646 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10647 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10648 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10649 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10650 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10651 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10652 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10653 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10654
10655 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10656
10657 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10658 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10659
10660 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10661 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10662 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10663 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10664
10665 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10666 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10667 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10668
10669 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10670 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10671 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10672
10673 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10674 if (length < 0)
10675 /* Length overflowed. */
10676 error (_("Address range too large."));
10677 else if (length == 1)
10678 {
10679 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10680 the `hbreak' command. */
10681 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10682
10683 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10684
10685 return;
10686 }
10687
10688 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10689 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10690 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10691 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10692 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10693 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10694 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10695 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10696 b->loc->length = length;
10697
10698 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10699
10700 mention (b);
10701 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10702 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10703 }
10704
10705 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10706 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10707 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10708 zero. */
10709
10710 static int
10711 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10712 {
10713 int i = exp->nelts;
10714
10715 while (i > 0)
10716 {
10717 int oplenp, argsp;
10718
10719 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10720 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10721 i -= oplenp;
10722
10723 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10724 {
10725 case BINOP_ADD:
10726 case BINOP_SUB:
10727 case BINOP_MUL:
10728 case BINOP_DIV:
10729 case BINOP_REM:
10730 case BINOP_MOD:
10731 case BINOP_LSH:
10732 case BINOP_RSH:
10733 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10734 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10735 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10736 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10737 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10738 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10739 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10740 case BINOP_LESS:
10741 case BINOP_GTR:
10742 case BINOP_LEQ:
10743 case BINOP_GEQ:
10744 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10745 case BINOP_COMMA:
10746 case BINOP_EXP:
10747 case BINOP_MIN:
10748 case BINOP_MAX:
10749 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10750 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10751 case TERNOP_COND:
10752 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10753
10754 case OP_LONG:
10755 case OP_DOUBLE:
10756 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10757 case OP_LAST:
10758 case OP_COMPLEX:
10759 case OP_STRING:
10760 case OP_ARRAY:
10761 case OP_TYPE:
10762 case OP_TYPEOF:
10763 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10764 case OP_TYPEID:
10765 case OP_NAME:
10766 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10767
10768 case UNOP_NEG:
10769 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10770 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10771 case UNOP_ADDR:
10772 case UNOP_HIGH:
10773 case UNOP_CAST:
10774
10775 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10776 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10777 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10778 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10779 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10780 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10781 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10782
10783 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10784 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10785 ADDR is. */
10786 break;
10787
10788 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10789 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10790
10791 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10792 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10793 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10794 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10795
10796 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10797 are always constant. */
10798 {
10799 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10800
10801 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10802 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10803 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10804 return 0;
10805 break;
10806 }
10807
10808 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10809 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10810 then it is not a constant. */
10811 default:
10812 return 0;
10813 }
10814 }
10815
10816 return 1;
10817 }
10818
10819 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10820
10821 static void
10822 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10823 {
10824 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10825
10826 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10827 xfree (w->exp);
10828 xfree (w->exp_string);
10829 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10830 value_free (w->val);
10831
10832 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10833 }
10834
10835 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10836
10837 static void
10838 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10839 {
10840 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10841
10842 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10843 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10844
10845 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10846 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10847 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10848 are loaded and unloaded.
10849
10850 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10851 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10852 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10853 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10854 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10855 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10856
10857 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10858 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10859 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10860 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10861
10862 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10863 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10864
10865 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10866 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10867 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10868 }
10869
10870 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10871
10872 static int
10873 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10874 {
10875 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10876 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10877
10878 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10879 w->cond_exp);
10880 }
10881
10882 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10883
10884 static int
10885 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10886 {
10887 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10888 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10889
10890 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10891 w->cond_exp);
10892 }
10893
10894 static int
10895 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10896 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10897 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10898 {
10899 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10900 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10901
10902 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10903 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10904 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10905 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10906 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10907 (did not match the data address). */
10908 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10909 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10910 return 0;
10911
10912 return 1;
10913 }
10914
10915 static void
10916 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10917 {
10918 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10919
10920 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10921 }
10922
10923 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10924 hardware watchpoints. */
10925
10926 static int
10927 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10928 {
10929 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10930 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10931
10932 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10933 }
10934
10935 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 hardware watchpoints. */
10937
10938 static int
10939 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10940 {
10941 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10942 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10943 }
10944
10945 static enum print_stop_action
10946 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10947 {
10948 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10949 struct breakpoint *b;
10950 struct ui_file *stb;
10951 enum print_stop_action result;
10952 struct watchpoint *w;
10953 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10954
10955 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10956
10957 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10958 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10959
10960 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10961 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10962
10963 switch (b->type)
10964 {
10965 case bp_watchpoint:
10966 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10967 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10968 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10969 ui_out_field_string
10970 (uiout, "reason",
10971 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10972 mention (b);
10973 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10974 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10975 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10976 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10977 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10978 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10979 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10980 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10981 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10982 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10983 break;
10984
10985 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10986 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10987 ui_out_field_string
10988 (uiout, "reason",
10989 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10990 mention (b);
10991 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10993 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10994 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10996 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10997 break;
10998
10999 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11000 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
11001 {
11002 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11003 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11004 ui_out_field_string
11005 (uiout, "reason",
11006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11007 mention (b);
11008 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11010 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11011 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11012 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11013 }
11014 else
11015 {
11016 mention (b);
11017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11018 ui_out_field_string
11019 (uiout, "reason",
11020 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11021 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11023 }
11024 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11025 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11026 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11027 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11028 break;
11029 default:
11030 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11031 }
11032
11033 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11034 return result;
11035 }
11036
11037 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11038 watchpoints. */
11039
11040 static void
11041 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11042 {
11043 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11044 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11045 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11046
11047 switch (b->type)
11048 {
11049 case bp_watchpoint:
11050 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11051 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11052 break;
11053 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11054 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11055 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11056 break;
11057 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11058 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11059 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11060 break;
11061 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11062 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11063 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11064 break;
11065 default:
11066 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11067 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11068 }
11069
11070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11071 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11072 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11073 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11074 }
11075
11076 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11077 watchpoints. */
11078
11079 static void
11080 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11081 {
11082 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11083
11084 switch (b->type)
11085 {
11086 case bp_watchpoint:
11087 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11089 break;
11090 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11092 break;
11093 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11095 break;
11096 default:
11097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11098 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11099 }
11100
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11102 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11103 }
11104
11105 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11106 watchpoints. */
11107
11108 static int
11109 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11110 {
11111 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11112 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11113 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11114 return 0;
11115
11116 return 1;
11117 }
11118
11119 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11120
11121 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11122
11123 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11124 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11125
11126 static int
11127 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11128 {
11129 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11130
11131 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11132 bl->watchpoint_type);
11133 }
11134
11135 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11136 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11137
11138 static int
11139 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11140 {
11141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11142
11143 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11144 bl->watchpoint_type);
11145 }
11146
11147 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11148 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11149
11150 static int
11151 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11152 {
11153 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11154
11155 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11156 }
11157
11158 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11159 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11160
11161 static int
11162 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11163 {
11164 return 0;
11165 }
11166
11167 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11168 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11169
11170 static enum print_stop_action
11171 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11172 {
11173 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11174 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11175
11176 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11177 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11178
11179 switch (b->type)
11180 {
11181 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11182 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11184 ui_out_field_string
11185 (uiout, "reason",
11186 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11187 break;
11188
11189 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11191 ui_out_field_string
11192 (uiout, "reason",
11193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11194 break;
11195
11196 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11197 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11198 ui_out_field_string
11199 (uiout, "reason",
11200 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11201 break;
11202 default:
11203 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11204 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11205 }
11206
11207 mention (b);
11208 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11209 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11210 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11211 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11212
11213 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11214 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11215 }
11216
11217 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11218 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11219
11220 static void
11221 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11222 struct ui_out *uiout)
11223 {
11224 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11225
11226 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11227 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11228
11229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11230 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11231 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11232 }
11233
11234 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11235 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11236
11237 static void
11238 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11239 {
11240 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11241 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11242 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11243
11244 switch (b->type)
11245 {
11246 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11247 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11248 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11249 break;
11250 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11251 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11252 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11253 break;
11254 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11256 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11257 break;
11258 default:
11259 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11260 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11261 }
11262
11263 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11264 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11266 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11267 }
11268
11269 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11270 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11271
11272 static void
11273 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11274 {
11275 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11276 char tmp[40];
11277
11278 switch (b->type)
11279 {
11280 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11281 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11282 break;
11283 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11284 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11285 break;
11286 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11287 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11288 break;
11289 default:
11290 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11291 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11292 }
11293
11294 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11296 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11297 }
11298
11299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11300
11301 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11302
11303 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11304
11305 static int
11306 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11307 {
11308 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11309 }
11310
11311 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11312 hw_read: watch read,
11313 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11314 static void
11315 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11316 int just_location, int internal)
11317 {
11318 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11319 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11320 struct expression *exp;
11321 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11322 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11323 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11324 struct frame_info *frame;
11325 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11326 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11327 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11328 int toklen = -1;
11329 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11330 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11331 enum bptype bp_type;
11332 int thread = -1;
11333 int pc = 0;
11334 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11335 the hardware watchpoint. */
11336 int use_mask = 0;
11337 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11338 struct watchpoint *w;
11339 char *expression;
11340 struct cleanup *back_to;
11341
11342 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11343 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11344 {
11345 const char *value_start;
11346
11347 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11348
11349 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11350 of the arguments string. */
11351 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11352 {
11353 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11354 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11355 tok--;
11356
11357 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11358 This is the value of the parameter. */
11359 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11360 tok--;
11361 value_start = tok + 1;
11362
11363 /* Skip whitespace. */
11364 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11365 tok--;
11366
11367 end_tok = tok;
11368
11369 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11370 This is the parameter itself. */
11371 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11372 tok--;
11373 tok++;
11374 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11375
11376 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11377 {
11378 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11379 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11380 only in a specific thread. */
11381 char *endp;
11382
11383 if (thread != -1)
11384 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11385
11386 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11387 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11388
11389 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11390 thread ID. */
11391 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11392 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11393
11394 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11395 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11396 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11397 }
11398 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11399 {
11400 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11401 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11402 facility. */
11403 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11404
11405 if (use_mask)
11406 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11407
11408 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11409
11410 mark = value_mark ();
11411 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11412 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11413 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11414 }
11415 else
11416 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11417 break;
11418
11419 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11420 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11421 exp_end = tok;
11422 }
11423 }
11424 else
11425 exp_end = arg;
11426
11427 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11428 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11429 ARG. */
11430 innermost_block = NULL;
11431 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11432 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11433 exp_start = arg = expression;
11434 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11435 exp_end = arg;
11436 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11437 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11438 prettier. */
11439 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11440 --exp_end;
11441
11442 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11443 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11444 {
11445 int len;
11446
11447 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11448 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11449 len--;
11450 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11451 }
11452
11453 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11454 mark = value_mark ();
11455 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11456
11457 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11458 {
11459 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11460 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11461 }
11462
11463 if (just_location)
11464 {
11465 int ret;
11466
11467 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11468 val = value_addr (result);
11469 release_value (val);
11470 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11471
11472 if (use_mask)
11473 {
11474 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11475 mask);
11476 if (ret == -1)
11477 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11478 else if (ret == -2)
11479 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11480 }
11481 }
11482 else if (val != NULL)
11483 release_value (val);
11484
11485 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11486 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11487
11488 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11489 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11490 {
11491 struct expression *cond;
11492
11493 innermost_block = NULL;
11494 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11495 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11496
11497 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11498 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11499 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11500
11501 xfree (cond);
11502 cond_end = tok;
11503 }
11504 if (*tok)
11505 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11506
11507 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11508
11509 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11510 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11511 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11512 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11513 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11514 {
11515 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11516 {
11517 scope_breakpoint
11518 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11519 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11520 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11521 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11522
11523 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11524
11525 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11526 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11527
11528 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11529 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11530
11531 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11532 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11533 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11534 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11535 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11536 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11537 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11538 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11539 scope_breakpoint->type);
11540 }
11541 }
11542
11543 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11544 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11545 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11546 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11547
11548 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11549 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11550 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11551 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11552 else
11553 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11554
11555 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11556 b = &w->base;
11557 if (use_mask)
11558 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11559 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11560 else
11561 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11562 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11563 b->thread = thread;
11564 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11565 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11566 w->exp = exp;
11567 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11568 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11569 if (just_location)
11570 {
11571 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11572 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11573 char *name;
11574
11575 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11576 name = type_to_string (t);
11577
11578 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11579 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11580 xfree (name);
11581
11582 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11583 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11584
11585 /* The above expression is in C. */
11586 b->language = language_c;
11587 }
11588 else
11589 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11590
11591 if (use_mask)
11592 {
11593 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11594 }
11595 else
11596 {
11597 w->val = val;
11598 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11599 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11600 w->val_valid = 1;
11601 }
11602
11603 if (cond_start)
11604 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11605 else
11606 b->cond_string = 0;
11607
11608 if (frame)
11609 {
11610 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11611 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11612 }
11613 else
11614 {
11615 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11616 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11617 }
11618
11619 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11620 {
11621 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11622 need to act on them together. */
11623 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11624 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11625 }
11626
11627 if (!just_location)
11628 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11629
11630 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11631 {
11632 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11633 that should be inserted. */
11634 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11635 }
11636 if (e.reason < 0)
11637 {
11638 delete_breakpoint (b);
11639 throw_exception (e);
11640 }
11641
11642 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11643 do_cleanups (back_to);
11644 }
11645
11646 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11647 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11648
11649 static int
11650 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11651 {
11652 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11653 struct value *head = v;
11654
11655 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11656 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11657 return 0;
11658
11659 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11660 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11661 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11662 hardware watchpoint.
11663
11664 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11665 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11666 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11667 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11668 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11669 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11670 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11671 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11672 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11673
11674 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11675 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11676 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11677 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11678 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11679 {
11680 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11681 {
11682 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11683 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11684 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11685 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11686 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11687 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11688 ;
11689 else
11690 {
11691 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11692 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11693 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11694
11695 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11696 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11697 middle of some value chain. */
11698 if (v == head
11699 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11700 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11701 {
11702 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11703 int len;
11704 int num_regs;
11705
11706 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11707 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11708 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11709
11710 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11711 if (!num_regs)
11712 return 0;
11713 else
11714 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11715 }
11716 }
11717 }
11718 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11719 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11720 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11721 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11722 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11723 }
11724
11725 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11726 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11727 return found_memory_cnt;
11728 }
11729
11730 void
11731 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11732 {
11733 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11734 }
11735
11736 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11737 calls watch_command_1. */
11738
11739 static void
11740 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11741 {
11742 int just_location = 0;
11743
11744 if (arg
11745 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11746 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11747 {
11748 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11749 just_location = 1;
11750 }
11751
11752 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11753 }
11754
11755 static void
11756 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11757 {
11758 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11759 }
11760
11761 void
11762 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11763 {
11764 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11765 }
11766
11767 static void
11768 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11769 {
11770 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11771 }
11772
11773 void
11774 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11775 {
11776 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11777 }
11778
11779 static void
11780 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11781 {
11782 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11783 }
11784 \f
11785
11786 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11787 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11788
11789 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11790 {
11791 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11792 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11793 int thread_num;
11794 };
11795
11796 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11797 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11798 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11799 command. */
11800 static void
11801 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11802 {
11803 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11804
11805 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11806 if (a->breakpoint2)
11807 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11808 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11809 }
11810
11811 void
11812 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11813 {
11814 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11815 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11816 struct frame_info *frame;
11817 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11818 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11819 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11820 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11821 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11822 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11823 int thread;
11824 struct thread_info *tp;
11825
11826 clear_proceed_status (0);
11827
11828 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11829 this function. */
11830
11831 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11832 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11833 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11834 get_last_displayed_line ());
11835 else
11836 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11837 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11838
11839 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11840 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11841
11842 sal = sals.sals[0];
11843 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11844
11845 if (*arg)
11846 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11847
11848 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11849
11850 tp = inferior_thread ();
11851 thread = tp->num;
11852
11853 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11854
11855 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11856 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11857 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11858 that. */
11859
11860 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11861 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11862 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11863 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11864
11865 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11866 one. */
11867
11868 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11869 {
11870 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11871
11872 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11873 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11874 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11875 sal2,
11876 caller_frame_id,
11877 bp_until);
11878 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11879
11880 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11881 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11882 }
11883
11884 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11885 frame = NULL;
11886
11887 if (anywhere)
11888 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11889 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11890 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11891 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11892 else
11893 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11894 only at the very same frame. */
11895 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11896 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11897 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11898
11899 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11900
11901 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11902 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11903 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11904 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11905
11906 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11907 {
11908 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11909 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11910
11911 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11912 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11913 args->thread_num = thread;
11914
11915 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11916 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11917 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11918 xfree);
11919 }
11920 else
11921 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11922 }
11923
11924 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11925 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11926
11927 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11928 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11929 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11930 if clause in the arg string. */
11931
11932 char *
11933 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11934 {
11935 char *cond_string;
11936
11937 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11938 return NULL;
11939
11940 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11941 (*arg) += 2;
11942
11943 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11944 condition string. */
11945 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11946 cond_string = *arg;
11947
11948 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11949 string. */
11950 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11951
11952 return cond_string;
11953 }
11954
11955 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11956 process start/exit, etc. */
11957
11958 typedef enum
11959 {
11960 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11961 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11962 }
11963 catch_fork_kind;
11964
11965 static void
11966 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11967 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11968 {
11969 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11970 char *cond_string = NULL;
11971 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11972 int tempflag;
11973
11974 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11975 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11976 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11977
11978 if (!arg)
11979 arg = "";
11980 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11981
11982 /* The allowed syntax is:
11983 catch [v]fork
11984 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11985
11986 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11987 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11988
11989 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11990 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11991
11992 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11993 and enable reporting of such events. */
11994 switch (fork_kind)
11995 {
11996 case catch_fork_temporary:
11997 case catch_fork_permanent:
11998 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11999 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
12000 break;
12001 case catch_vfork_temporary:
12002 case catch_vfork_permanent:
12003 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12004 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12005 break;
12006 default:
12007 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12008 break;
12009 }
12010 }
12011
12012 static void
12013 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12014 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12015 {
12016 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12017 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12018 int tempflag;
12019 char *cond_string = NULL;
12020
12021 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12022
12023 if (!arg)
12024 arg = "";
12025 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12026
12027 /* The allowed syntax is:
12028 catch exec
12029 catch exec if <cond>
12030
12031 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12032 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12033
12034 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12035 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12036
12037 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12038 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12039 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12040 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12041
12042 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12043 }
12044
12045 void
12046 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12047 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12048 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12049 char *addr_string,
12050 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12051 int tempflag,
12052 int enabled,
12053 int from_tty)
12054 {
12055 if (from_tty)
12056 {
12057 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12058 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12059 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12060
12061 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12062 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12063 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12064 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12065 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12066 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12067 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12068 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12069 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12070 enough for now, though. */
12071 }
12072
12073 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12074
12075 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12076 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12077 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12078 b->language = language_ada;
12079 }
12080
12081 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12082 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12083 static VEC(int) *
12084 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12085 {
12086 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12087 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12088 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = target_gdbarch ();
12089
12090 while (*arg != '\0')
12091 {
12092 int i, syscall_number;
12093 char *endptr;
12094 char cur_name[128];
12095 struct syscall s;
12096
12097 /* Skip whitespace. */
12098 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12099
12100 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12101 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12102 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12103 arg += i;
12104
12105 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12106 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12107 if (*endptr == '\0')
12108 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, syscall_number, &s);
12109 else
12110 {
12111 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12112 to a number. */
12113 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch, cur_name, &s);
12114
12115 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12116 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12117 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12118 syscall number to be caught. */
12119 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12123 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12124 }
12125
12126 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12127 return result;
12128 }
12129
12130 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12131
12132 static void
12133 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12134 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12135 {
12136 int tempflag;
12137 VEC(int) *filter;
12138 struct syscall s;
12139 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12140
12141 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12142 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12143 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12144 this architecture yet."));
12145
12146 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12147
12148 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12149
12150 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12151 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12152 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12153 for his/her architecture. */
12154 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, 0, &s);
12155
12156 /* The allowed syntax is:
12157 catch syscall
12158 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12159
12160 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12161
12162 if (arg != NULL)
12163 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12164 else
12165 filter = NULL;
12166
12167 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12168 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12169 }
12170
12171 static void
12172 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12173 {
12174 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12175 }
12176 \f
12177
12178 static void
12179 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12180 {
12181 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12182 }
12183
12184 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12185
12186 static int
12187 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12188 {
12189 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12190 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12191 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12192 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12193
12194 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12195 return -1;
12196 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12197 return 1;
12198
12199 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12200 the number 0. */
12201 if (ua < ub)
12202 return -1;
12203 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12204 }
12205
12206 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12207
12208 static void
12209 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12210 {
12211 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12212 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12213 int ix;
12214 int default_match;
12215 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12216 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12217 int i;
12218 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12219
12220 if (arg)
12221 {
12222 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12223 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12224 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12225 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12226 default_match = 0;
12227 }
12228 else
12229 {
12230 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12231 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12232 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12233 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12234
12235 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12236 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12237 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12238 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12239 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12240 error (_("No source file specified."));
12241
12242 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12243 sals.nelts = 1;
12244
12245 default_match = 1;
12246 }
12247
12248 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12249 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12250 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12251 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12252
12253 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12254 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12255 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12256 due to optimization, all in one block.
12257
12258 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12259 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12260 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12261 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12262 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12263 to support that. */
12264
12265 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12266 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12267 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12268 breakpoint. */
12269
12270 found = NULL;
12271 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12272 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12273 {
12274 const char *sal_fullname;
12275
12276 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12277 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12278 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12279 or at default pc.
12280
12281 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12282
12283 0 1 pc
12284 1 1 pc _and_ line
12285 0 0 line
12286 1 0 <can't happen> */
12287
12288 sal = sals.sals[i];
12289 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12290 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12291
12292 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12294 {
12295 int match = 0;
12296 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12297 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12298 {
12299 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12300 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12301 {
12302 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12303 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12304 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12305 && sal.pc
12306 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12307 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12308 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12309 || loc->section == sal.section));
12310 int line_match = 0;
12311
12312 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12313 && loc->symtab != NULL
12314 && sal_fullname != NULL
12315 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12316 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12317 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12318 sal_fullname) == 0)
12319 line_match = 1;
12320
12321 if (pc_match || line_match)
12322 {
12323 match = 1;
12324 break;
12325 }
12326 }
12327 }
12328
12329 if (match)
12330 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12331 }
12332 }
12333
12334 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12335 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12336 {
12337 if (arg)
12338 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12339 else
12340 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12341 }
12342
12343 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12344 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12345 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12346 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12347 compare_breakpoints);
12348 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12349 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12350 {
12351 if (b == prev)
12352 {
12353 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12354 --ix;
12355 }
12356 }
12357
12358 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12359 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12360 if (from_tty)
12361 {
12362 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12363 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12364 else
12365 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12366 }
12367
12368 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12369 {
12370 if (from_tty)
12371 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12372 delete_breakpoint (b);
12373 }
12374 if (from_tty)
12375 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12376
12377 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12378 }
12379 \f
12380 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12381 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12382 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12383
12384 void
12385 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12386 {
12387 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12388
12389 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12390 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12391 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12392 && bs->stop)
12393 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12394
12395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12396 {
12397 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12398 delete_breakpoint (b);
12399 }
12400 }
12401
12402 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12403 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12404 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12405 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12406 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12407 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12408
12409 static int
12410 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12411 {
12412 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12413 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12414
12415 if (a->address != b->address)
12416 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12417
12418 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12419 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12420 grouped. */
12421
12422 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12423 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12424 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12425
12426 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12427 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12428 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12429
12430 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12431 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12432 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12433
12434 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12435 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12436 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12437
12438 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12439 }
12440
12441 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12442 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12443 content of the bp_location array. */
12444
12445 static void
12446 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12447 {
12448 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12449
12450 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12451 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12452
12453 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12454 {
12455 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12456
12457 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12458 continue;
12459
12460 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12461 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12462
12463 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12464 addr = bl->address - start;
12465 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12466 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12467
12468 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12469
12470 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12471 addr = end - bl->address;
12472 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12473 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12474 }
12475 }
12476
12477 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12478
12479 static void
12480 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12481 {
12482 struct breakpoint *b;
12483 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12484
12485 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12486 return;
12487
12488 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12489
12490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12491 {
12492 struct bp_location *bl;
12493 struct tracepoint *t;
12494 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12495
12496 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12497 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12498 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12499 continue;
12500
12501 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12502 {
12503 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12504 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12505 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12506 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12507 continue;
12508
12509 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12510
12511 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12512
12513 bl->inserted = 1;
12514 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12515 }
12516 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12517 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12518 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12519 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12520 }
12521
12522 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12523 }
12524
12525 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12526
12527 static void
12528 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12529 {
12530 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12531 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12532 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12533 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12534
12535 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12536 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12537 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12538 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12539 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12540
12541 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12542 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12543 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12544 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12545 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12546 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12547 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12548 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12549 }
12550
12551 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12552 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12553 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12554 the target. */
12555
12556 static void
12557 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12558 {
12559 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12560 struct bp_location *loc;
12561 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12562 int pspace_num;
12563
12564 address = bl->address;
12565 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12566
12567 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12568 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12569 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12570 side. */
12571 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12572 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12573 return;
12574
12575 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12576 the same program space as the location
12577 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12578 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12579 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12580 {
12581 loc = *loc2p;
12582
12583 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12584 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12585 continue;
12586
12587 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12588 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12589 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12590 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12591 that have already been marked. */
12592 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12593
12594 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12595 it later on. */
12596 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12597 {
12598 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12599 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12600 }
12601 }
12602 }
12603 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12604 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12605 locations are duplicate of which.
12606
12607 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12608 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12609 info. */
12610
12611 static void
12612 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12613 {
12614 struct breakpoint *b;
12615 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12616 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12617 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12618 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12619 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12620 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12621
12622 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12623 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12624 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12625 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12626 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12627 once. */
12628 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12629 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12630 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12631 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12632
12633 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12634 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12635 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12636 unsigned old_location_count;
12637
12638 old_location = bp_location;
12639 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12640 bp_location = NULL;
12641 bp_location_count = 0;
12642 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12643
12644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12645 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12646 bp_location_count++;
12647
12648 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12649 locp = bp_location;
12650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12651 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12652 *locp++ = loc;
12653 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12654 bp_location_compare);
12655
12656 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12657
12658 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12659 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12660 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12661 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12662 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12663 location.
12664
12665 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12666 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12667
12668 locp = bp_location;
12669 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12670 old_locp++)
12671 {
12672 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12673 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12674
12675 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12676 not, we have to free it. */
12677 int found_object = 0;
12678 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12679 int keep_in_target = 0;
12680 int removed = 0;
12681
12682 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12683 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12684 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12685 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12686 locp++;
12687
12688 for (loc2p = locp;
12689 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12690 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12691 loc2p++)
12692 {
12693 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12694 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12695 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12696 place there. */
12697 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12698 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12699 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12700 {
12701 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12702 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12703 }
12704
12705 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12706 found_object = 1;
12707 }
12708
12709 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12710 have to go through updates again. */
12711 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12712
12713 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12714 if (!found_object)
12715 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12716
12717 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12718 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12719 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12720 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12721 at certain location is not inserted. */
12722
12723 if (old_loc->inserted)
12724 {
12725 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12726 it. */
12727
12728 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12729 {
12730 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12731 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12732 keep_in_target = 1;
12733 }
12734 else
12735 {
12736 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12737 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12738 remove its target-side condition. */
12739
12740 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12741 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12742 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12743 this one from the target. */
12744
12745 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12746 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12747 {
12748 for (loc2p = locp;
12749 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12750 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12751 loc2p++)
12752 {
12753 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12754
12755 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12756 {
12757 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12758 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12759 supported, but the latter are. */
12760 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12761 {
12762 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12763 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12764 }
12765
12766 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12767 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12768 unduplicated. */
12769 if (loc2 != old_loc
12770 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12771 {
12772 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12773 keep_in_target = 1;
12774 break;
12775 }
12776 }
12777 }
12778 }
12779 }
12780
12781 if (!keep_in_target)
12782 {
12783 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12784 {
12785 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12786 this location on the global list, and try to
12787 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12788 reason why we will succeed next time.
12789
12790 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12791 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12792 only after calling us. */
12793 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12794 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12795 old_loc->owner->number);
12796 }
12797 removed = 1;
12798 }
12799 }
12800
12801 if (!found_object)
12802 {
12803 if (removed && non_stop
12804 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12805 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12806 {
12807 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12808 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12809 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12810 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12811 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12812 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12813 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12814 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12815 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12816 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12817 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12818 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12819 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12820 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12821 SIGTRAP.
12822
12823 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12824 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12825
12826 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12827 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12828 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12829 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12830 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12831 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12832 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12833 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12834 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12835 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12836 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12837 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12838 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12839 thread_count.
12840
12841 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12842 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12843 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12844 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12845
12846 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12847 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12848 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12849 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12850 traps we can no longer explain. */
12851
12852 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12853 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12854
12855 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12856 }
12857 else
12858 {
12859 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12860 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12861 }
12862 }
12863 }
12864
12865 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12866 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12867 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12868 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12869 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12870 are sorted first for the same address.
12871
12872 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12873 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12874
12875 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12876 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12877 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12878 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12880 {
12881 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12882 non-NULL. */
12883 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12884 b = loc->owner;
12885
12886 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12887 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12888 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12889 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12890 `struct bp_location'. */
12891 || is_tracepoint (b))
12892 {
12893 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12894 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12895 continue;
12896 }
12897
12898 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12899 if (loc->permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12900 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12901 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12902 "actually inserted"));
12903
12904 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12905 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12906 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12907 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12908 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12909 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12910 else
12911 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12912
12913 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12914 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12915 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12916 {
12917 *loc_first_p = loc;
12918 loc->duplicate = 0;
12919
12920 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12921 {
12922 loc->needs_update = 1;
12923 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12924 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12925 }
12926 continue;
12927 }
12928
12929
12930 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12931 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12932 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12933 if (loc->inserted)
12934 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12935 loc->duplicate = 1;
12936
12937 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12938 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12939
12940 if (loc->inserted && !loc->permanent
12941 && (*loc_first_p)->permanent)
12942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12943 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12944 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12945 }
12946
12947 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12948 {
12949 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12950 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12951 else
12952 {
12953 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12954 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12955 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12956 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12957 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12958 "needs_update". */
12959 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12960 }
12961 }
12962
12963 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12964 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12965
12966 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12967 }
12968
12969 void
12970 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12971 {
12972 struct bp_location *loc;
12973 int ix;
12974
12975 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12976 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12977 {
12978 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12979 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12980 --ix;
12981 }
12982 }
12983
12984 static void
12985 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12986 {
12987 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12988
12989 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12990 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12991 }
12992
12993 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12994
12995 static void
12996 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12997 {
12998 bpstat bs;
12999
13000 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
13001 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
13002 {
13003 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13004 bs->old_val = NULL;
13005 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13006 }
13007 }
13008
13009 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13010 static int
13011 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13012 {
13013 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13014
13015 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13016 return 0;
13017 }
13018
13019 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13020 callbacks. */
13021
13022 static void
13023 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13024 {
13025 struct value_print_options opts;
13026
13027 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13028
13029 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13030 single string. */
13031 if (b->loc == NULL)
13032 {
13033 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13034 }
13035 else
13036 {
13037 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13038 {
13039 printf_filtered (" at ");
13040 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13041 gdb_stdout);
13042 }
13043 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13044 {
13045 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13046 more nicely. */
13047 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13048 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13049 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13050 b->loc->line_number);
13051 else
13052 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13053 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13054 real situation somewhat. */
13055 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13056 }
13057
13058 if (b->loc->next)
13059 {
13060 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13061 int n = 0;
13062 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13063 ++n;
13064 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13065 }
13066 }
13067 }
13068
13069 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13070
13071 static void
13072 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13073 {
13074 xfree (self->cond);
13075 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13076 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13077 xfree (self->function_name);
13078
13079 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13080 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13081 }
13082
13083 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13084 {
13085 bp_location_dtor
13086 };
13087
13088 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13089 inherit from. */
13090
13091 static void
13092 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13093 {
13094 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13095 xfree (self->cond_string);
13096 xfree (self->extra_string);
13097 xfree (self->addr_string);
13098 xfree (self->filter);
13099 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13100 }
13101
13102 static struct bp_location *
13103 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13104 {
13105 struct bp_location *loc;
13106
13107 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13108 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13109 return loc;
13110 }
13111
13112 static void
13113 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13114 {
13115 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13116 }
13117
13118 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13119 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13120
13121 static int
13122 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13123 {
13124 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13125 }
13126
13127 static int
13128 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13129 {
13130 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13131 }
13132
13133 static int
13134 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13135 struct address_space *aspace,
13136 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13137 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13138 {
13139 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13140 }
13141
13142 static void
13143 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13144 {
13145 /* Always stop. */
13146 }
13147
13148 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13149 errors. */
13150
13151 static int
13152 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13153 {
13154 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13155 }
13156
13157 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13158 errors. */
13159
13160 static int
13161 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13162 {
13163 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13164 }
13165
13166 static enum print_stop_action
13167 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13168 {
13169 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13170 }
13171
13172 static void
13173 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13174 struct ui_out *uiout)
13175 {
13176 /* nothing */
13177 }
13178
13179 static void
13180 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13181 {
13182 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13183 }
13184
13185 static void
13186 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13187 {
13188 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13189 }
13190
13191 static void
13192 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13193 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13194 enum bptype type_wanted,
13195 char *addr_start,
13196 char **copy_arg)
13197 {
13198 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13199 }
13200
13201 static void
13202 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13203 struct linespec_result *c,
13204 char *cond_string,
13205 char *extra_string,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted,
13207 enum bpdisp disposition,
13208 int thread,
13209 int task, int ignore_count,
13210 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13211 int from_tty, int enabled,
13212 int internal, unsigned flags)
13213 {
13214 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13215 }
13216
13217 static void
13218 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13219 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13220 {
13221 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13222 }
13223
13224 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13225
13226 static int
13227 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13228 {
13229 return 1;
13230 }
13231
13232 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13233
13234 static void
13235 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13236 {
13237 /* Nothing to do. */
13238 }
13239
13240 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13241 {
13242 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13243 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13244 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13245 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13246 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13247 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13248 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13249 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13250 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13251 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13252 NULL,
13253 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13254 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13255 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13256 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13257 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13258 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13259 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13260 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13261 };
13262
13263 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13264
13265 static void
13266 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13267 {
13268 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13269 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13270 {
13271 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13272 delete_breakpoint (b);
13273 return;
13274 }
13275
13276 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13277 }
13278
13279 static int
13280 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13281 {
13282 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13283 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13284 else
13285 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13286 }
13287
13288 static int
13289 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13290 {
13291 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13292 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13293 else
13294 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13295 }
13296
13297 static int
13298 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13299 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13300 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13301 {
13302 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13303 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13304 return 0;
13305
13306 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13307 aspace, bp_addr))
13308 return 0;
13309
13310 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13311 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13312 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13313 return 0;
13314
13315 return 1;
13316 }
13317
13318 static int
13319 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13320 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13321 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13322 {
13323 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13324 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13325 {
13326 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13327 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13328 be set at the same address. */
13329 return 0;
13330 }
13331
13332 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13333 }
13334
13335 static int
13336 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13337 {
13338 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13339
13340 return 1;
13341 }
13342
13343 static enum print_stop_action
13344 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13345 {
13346 struct breakpoint *b;
13347 const struct bp_location *bl;
13348 int bp_temp;
13349 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13350
13351 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13352
13353 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13354 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13355
13356 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13357 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13358 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13359 bl->address,
13360 b->number, 1);
13361 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13362 if (bp_temp)
13363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13364 else
13365 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13366 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13367 {
13368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13369 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13370 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13371 }
13372 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13373 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13374
13375 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13376 }
13377
13378 static void
13379 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13380 {
13381 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13382 return;
13383
13384 switch (b->type)
13385 {
13386 case bp_breakpoint:
13387 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13388 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13389 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13390 else
13391 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13392 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13393 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13394 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13395 break;
13396 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13397 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13398 break;
13399 case bp_dprintf:
13400 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13401 break;
13402 }
13403
13404 say_where (b);
13405 }
13406
13407 static void
13408 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13409 {
13410 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13411 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13412 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13413 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13414 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13415 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13417 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13419 else
13420 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13421 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13422
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13424 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13425 }
13426
13427 static void
13428 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13429 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13430 enum bptype type_wanted,
13431 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13432 {
13433 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13434 addr_start, copy_arg);
13435 }
13436
13437 static void
13438 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13439 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13440 char *cond_string,
13441 char *extra_string,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted,
13443 enum bpdisp disposition,
13444 int thread,
13445 int task, int ignore_count,
13446 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13447 int from_tty, int enabled,
13448 int internal, unsigned flags)
13449 {
13450 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13451 cond_string, extra_string,
13452 type_wanted,
13453 disposition, thread, task,
13454 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13455 enabled, internal, flags);
13456 }
13457
13458 static void
13459 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13461 {
13462 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13463 }
13464
13465 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13466
13467 static void
13468 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13469 {
13470 switch (b->type)
13471 {
13472 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13473 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13474 case bp_overlay_event:
13475 case bp_longjmp_master:
13476 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13477 case bp_exception_master:
13478 delete_breakpoint (b);
13479 break;
13480
13481 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13482 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13483 case bp_shlib_event:
13484
13485 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13486 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13487 case bp_thread_event:
13488 break;
13489 }
13490 }
13491
13492 static void
13493 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13494 {
13495 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13496 {
13497 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13498 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13499 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13500 objects (among other things). */
13501 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13502 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13503 }
13504 else
13505 bs->stop = 0;
13506 }
13507
13508 static enum print_stop_action
13509 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13510 {
13511 struct breakpoint *b;
13512
13513 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13514
13515 switch (b->type)
13516 {
13517 case bp_shlib_event:
13518 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13519 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13520 to shlib event" message.) */
13521 print_solib_event (0);
13522 break;
13523
13524 case bp_thread_event:
13525 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13526 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13527 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13528 break;
13529
13530 case bp_overlay_event:
13531 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13532 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13533 break;
13534
13535 case bp_longjmp_master:
13536 /* These should never be enabled. */
13537 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13538 break;
13539
13540 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13541 /* These should never be enabled. */
13542 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13543 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13544 break;
13545
13546 case bp_exception_master:
13547 /* These should never be enabled. */
13548 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13549 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13550 break;
13551 }
13552
13553 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13554 }
13555
13556 static void
13557 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13558 {
13559 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13560 }
13561
13562 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13563
13564 static void
13565 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13566 {
13567 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13568 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13569 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13570 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13571 }
13572
13573 static void
13574 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13575 {
13576 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13577 }
13578
13579 static enum print_stop_action
13580 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13581 {
13582 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13583
13584 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13585 {
13586 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13587
13588 switch (b->type)
13589 {
13590 case bp_finish:
13591 ui_out_field_string
13592 (uiout, "reason",
13593 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13594 break;
13595
13596 case bp_until:
13597 ui_out_field_string
13598 (uiout, "reason",
13599 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13600 break;
13601 }
13602 }
13603
13604 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13605 }
13606
13607 static void
13608 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13609 {
13610 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13611 }
13612
13613 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13614
13615 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13616 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13617
13618 static void
13619 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13620 {
13621 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13622
13623 if (tp)
13624 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13625
13626 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13627 }
13628
13629 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13630
13631 static int
13632 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13633 {
13634 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13635
13636 if (v == 0)
13637 {
13638 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13639 if needed. */
13640 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13641 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13642 bl->probe.objfile,
13643 bl->gdbarch);
13644 }
13645
13646 return v;
13647 }
13648
13649 static int
13650 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13651 {
13652 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13653 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13654 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13655 bl->probe.objfile,
13656 bl->gdbarch);
13657
13658 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13659 }
13660
13661 static void
13662 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13663 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13664 enum bptype type_wanted,
13665 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13666 {
13667 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13668
13669 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13670
13671 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13672 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13673
13674 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13675 }
13676
13677 static void
13678 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13679 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13680 {
13681 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13682 if (!sals->sals)
13683 error (_("probe not found"));
13684 }
13685
13686 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13687
13688 static void
13689 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13690 {
13691 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13692 }
13693
13694 static int
13695 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13696 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13697 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13698 {
13699 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13700 tracepoints. */
13701 return 0;
13702 }
13703
13704 static void
13705 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13706 struct ui_out *uiout)
13707 {
13708 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13709 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13710 {
13711 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13712
13713 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13715 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13716 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13717 }
13718 }
13719
13720 static void
13721 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13722 {
13723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13724 return;
13725
13726 switch (b->type)
13727 {
13728 case bp_tracepoint:
13729 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13730 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13731 break;
13732 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13733 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13734 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13735 break;
13736 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13737 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13738 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13739 break;
13740 default:
13741 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13742 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13743 }
13744
13745 say_where (b);
13746 }
13747
13748 static void
13749 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13750 {
13751 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13752
13753 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13755 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13756 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13757 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13758 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13759 else
13760 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13761 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13762
13763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13764 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13765
13766 if (tp->pass_count)
13767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13768 }
13769
13770 static void
13771 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13772 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13773 enum bptype type_wanted,
13774 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13775 {
13776 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13777 addr_start, copy_arg);
13778 }
13779
13780 static void
13781 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13782 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13783 char *cond_string,
13784 char *extra_string,
13785 enum bptype type_wanted,
13786 enum bpdisp disposition,
13787 int thread,
13788 int task, int ignore_count,
13789 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13790 int from_tty, int enabled,
13791 int internal, unsigned flags)
13792 {
13793 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13794 cond_string, extra_string,
13795 type_wanted,
13796 disposition, thread, task,
13797 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13798 enabled, internal, flags);
13799 }
13800
13801 static void
13802 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13803 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13804 {
13805 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13806 }
13807
13808 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13809
13810 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13811 static probe. */
13812
13813 static void
13814 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13815 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13816 enum bptype type_wanted,
13817 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13818 {
13819 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13820 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13821 addr_start, copy_arg);
13822 }
13823
13824 static void
13825 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13826 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13827 {
13828 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13829 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13830 }
13831
13832 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13833
13834 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13835
13836 static void
13837 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13838 {
13839 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13840
13841 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13842 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13843 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13844 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13845 resolved. */
13846 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13847 error (_("Format string required"));
13848
13849 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13850 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13851 3 - disconnect from target 1
13852 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13853
13854 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13855 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13856 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13857 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13858 it all the time. */
13859 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13860 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13861 }
13862
13863 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13864
13865 static void
13866 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13867 {
13868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13869 tp->extra_string);
13870 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13871 }
13872
13873 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13874 dprintf.
13875
13876 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13877 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13878 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13879 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13880 address are all handled. */
13881
13882 static void
13883 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13884 {
13885 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13886 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13887 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13888
13889 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13890 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13891 condition not be evaluated. */
13892 bs->stop = 0;
13893
13894 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13895 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13896 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13897 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13898 commands here throws. */
13899 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13900 bs->commands = NULL;
13901 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13902
13903 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13904
13905 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13906 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13907 list. */
13908 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13909 }
13910
13911 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13912 markers (`-m'). */
13913
13914 static void
13915 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13916 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13917 enum bptype type_wanted,
13918 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13919 {
13920 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13921
13922 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13923
13924 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13925
13926 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13927 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13928 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13929 }
13930
13931 static void
13932 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13933 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13934 char *cond_string,
13935 char *extra_string,
13936 enum bptype type_wanted,
13937 enum bpdisp disposition,
13938 int thread,
13939 int task, int ignore_count,
13940 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13941 int from_tty, int enabled,
13942 int internal, unsigned flags)
13943 {
13944 int i;
13945 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13946 canonical->sals, 0);
13947
13948 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13949 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13950 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13951 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13952 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13953 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13954
13955 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13956 {
13957 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13958 struct tracepoint *tp;
13959 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13960 char *addr_string;
13961
13962 expanded.nelts = 1;
13963 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13964
13965 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13966 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13967
13968 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13969 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13970 addr_string, NULL,
13971 cond_string, extra_string,
13972 type_wanted, disposition,
13973 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13974 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13975 canonical->special_display);
13976 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13977 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13978 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13979 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13980 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13981 corresponds to this one */
13982 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13983
13984 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13985
13986 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13987 }
13988 }
13989
13990 static void
13991 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13992 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13993 {
13994 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13995
13996 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13997 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13998 {
13999 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
14000 sals->nelts = 1;
14001 }
14002 else
14003 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14004 }
14005
14006 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14007
14008 static int
14009 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14010 {
14011 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14012 }
14013
14014 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14015 structures. */
14016
14017 void
14018 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14019 {
14020 struct breakpoint *b;
14021
14022 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14023
14024 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14025 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14026 especial culprits.
14027
14028 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14029 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14030 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14031 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14032 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14033 deleted.
14034
14035 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14036 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14037 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14038 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14039 was chosen. */
14040 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14041 return;
14042
14043 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14044 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14045 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14046 {
14047 struct breakpoint *related;
14048 struct watchpoint *w;
14049
14050 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14051 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14052 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14053 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14054 else
14055 w = NULL;
14056 if (w != NULL)
14057 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14058
14059 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14060 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14061 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14062 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14063 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14064 }
14065
14066 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14067 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14068 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14069 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14070 if (bpt->number)
14071 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14072
14073 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14074 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14075
14076 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14077 if (b->next == bpt)
14078 {
14079 b->next = bpt->next;
14080 break;
14081 }
14082
14083 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14084 been freed. */
14085 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14086 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14087 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14088 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14089 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14090 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14091 commands won't work. */
14092
14093 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14094
14095 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14096 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14097 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14098 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14099 might be better design to have location completely
14100 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14101 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14102
14103 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14104 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14105 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14106 bpt->type = bp_none;
14107 xfree (bpt);
14108 }
14109
14110 static void
14111 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14112 {
14113 delete_breakpoint (b);
14114 }
14115
14116 struct cleanup *
14117 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14118 {
14119 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14120 }
14121
14122 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14123 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14124
14125 static void
14126 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14127 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14128 void *),
14129 void *data)
14130 {
14131 struct breakpoint *related;
14132
14133 related = b;
14134 do
14135 {
14136 struct breakpoint *next;
14137
14138 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14139 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14140
14141 if (next == related)
14142 {
14143 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14144 function (related, data);
14145
14146 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14147 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14148 out. */
14149 break;
14150 }
14151 else
14152 function (related, data);
14153
14154 related = next;
14155 }
14156 while (related != b);
14157 }
14158
14159 static void
14160 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14161 {
14162 delete_breakpoint (b);
14163 }
14164
14165 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14166 delete_breakpoint. */
14167
14168 static void
14169 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14170 {
14171 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14172 }
14173
14174 void
14175 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14176 {
14177 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14178
14179 dont_repeat ();
14180
14181 if (arg == 0)
14182 {
14183 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14184
14185 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14186 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14187 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14189 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14190 {
14191 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14192 break;
14193 }
14194
14195 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14196 if (!from_tty
14197 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14198 {
14199 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14200 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14201 delete_breakpoint (b);
14202 }
14203 }
14204 else
14205 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14206 }
14207
14208 static int
14209 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14210 {
14211 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14212 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14213 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14214 return 0;
14215 return 1;
14216 }
14217
14218 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14219 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14220 Null names are ignored. */
14221
14222 static int
14223 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14224 {
14225 struct bp_location *l;
14226 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14227 (int (*) (const void *,
14228 const void *)) streq,
14229 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14230
14231 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14232 {
14233 const char **slot;
14234 const char *name = l->function_name;
14235
14236 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14237 if (name == NULL)
14238 continue;
14239
14240 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14241 INSERT);
14242 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14243 returns NULL. */
14244 if (*slot != NULL)
14245 {
14246 htab_delete (htab);
14247 return 1;
14248 }
14249 *slot = name;
14250 }
14251
14252 htab_delete (htab);
14253 return 0;
14254 }
14255
14256 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14257 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14258 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14259 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14260 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14261 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14262 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14263 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14264 The heuristic is:
14265
14266 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14267 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14268 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14269 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14270 in the sources, and output a warning.
14271
14272 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14273 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14274 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14275 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14276 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14277 warning.
14278
14279 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14280 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14281 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14282 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14283 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14284 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14285 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14286 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14287 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14288
14289 static struct symtab_and_line
14290 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14291 {
14292 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14293 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14294 CORE_ADDR pc;
14295
14296 pc = sal.pc;
14297 if (sal.line)
14298 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14299
14300 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14301 {
14302 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14303 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14304 b->number,
14305 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14306
14307 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14308 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14309 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14310
14311 return sal;
14312 }
14313
14314 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14315 by string ID. */
14316 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14317 && sal.line != 0
14318 && sal.symtab != NULL
14319 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14320 {
14321 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14322
14323 markers
14324 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14325
14326 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14327 {
14328 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14329 struct symbol *sym;
14330 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14331 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14332
14333 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14334
14335 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14336 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14337
14338 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14339 "found at previous line number"),
14340 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14341
14342 init_sal (&sal2);
14343
14344 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14345
14346 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14347 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14348 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14349 if (sym)
14350 {
14351 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14352 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14353 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14354 }
14355 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14356 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14357 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14358
14359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14360 {
14361 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14362
14363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14364 }
14365
14366 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14368
14369 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14370 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14371
14372 xfree (b->addr_string);
14373 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14374 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14375 b->loc->line_number);
14376
14377 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14378 so. */
14379
14380 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14381 }
14382 }
14383 return sal;
14384 }
14385
14386 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14387 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14388
14389 static int
14390 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14391 {
14392 while (a && b)
14393 {
14394 if (a->address != b->address)
14395 return 0;
14396
14397 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14398 return 0;
14399
14400 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14401 return 0;
14402
14403 a = a->next;
14404 b = b->next;
14405 }
14406
14407 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14408 return 0;
14409
14410 return 1;
14411 }
14412
14413 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14414 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14415 a ranged breakpoint. */
14416
14417 void
14418 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14419 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14420 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14421 {
14422 int i;
14423 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14424
14425 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14426 {
14427 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14428 location. */
14429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14431 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14432 "multiple locations found\n"),
14433 b->number);
14434 return;
14435 }
14436
14437 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14438 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14439 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14440 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14441 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14442 individual locations. */
14443 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14444 return;
14445
14446 b->loc = NULL;
14447
14448 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14449 {
14450 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14451
14452 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14453
14454 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14455
14456 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14457 old symtab. */
14458 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14459 {
14460 const char *s;
14461 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14462
14463 s = b->cond_string;
14464 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14465 {
14466 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14467 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14468 0);
14469 }
14470 if (e.reason < 0)
14471 {
14472 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14473 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14474 b->number, e.message);
14475 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14476 }
14477 }
14478
14479 if (sals_end.nelts)
14480 {
14481 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14482
14483 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14484 }
14485 }
14486
14487 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14488 breakpoints. */
14489 {
14490 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14491 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14492 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14493 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14494 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14495 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14496 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14497
14498 for (; e; e = e->next)
14499 {
14500 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14501 {
14502 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14503 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14504 {
14505 for (; l; l = l->next)
14506 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14507 {
14508 l->enabled = 0;
14509 break;
14510 }
14511 }
14512 else
14513 {
14514 for (; l; l = l->next)
14515 if (l->function_name
14516 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14517 {
14518 l->enabled = 0;
14519 break;
14520 }
14521 }
14522 }
14523 }
14524 }
14525
14526 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14527 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14528
14529 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14530 }
14531
14532 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14533 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14534
14535 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14536 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14537 {
14538 char *s;
14539 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14540 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14541
14542 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14543 s = addr_string;
14544
14545 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14546 {
14547 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14548 }
14549 if (e.reason < 0)
14550 {
14551 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14552 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14553 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14554 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14555 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14556 state, then user already saw the message about that
14557 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14558 errors. */
14559 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14560 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14561 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14562 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14563 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14564 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14565
14566 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14567 {
14568 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14569 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14570 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14571 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14572 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14573 which approach is better. */
14574 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14575 throw_exception (e);
14576 }
14577 }
14578
14579 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14580 {
14581 int i;
14582
14583 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14584 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14585 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14586 {
14587 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14588 int thread, task;
14589
14590 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14591 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14592 &extra_string);
14593 if (cond_string)
14594 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14595 b->thread = thread;
14596 b->task = task;
14597 if (extra_string)
14598 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14599 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14600 }
14601
14602 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14603 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14604
14605 *found = 1;
14606 }
14607 else
14608 *found = 0;
14609
14610 return sals;
14611 }
14612
14613 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14614 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14615 locations. */
14616
14617 static void
14618 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14619 {
14620 int found;
14621 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14622 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14623 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14624
14625 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14626 if (found)
14627 {
14628 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14629 expanded = sals;
14630 }
14631
14632 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14633 {
14634 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14635 if (found)
14636 {
14637 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14638 expanded_end = sals_end;
14639 }
14640 }
14641
14642 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14643 }
14644
14645 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14646 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14647
14648 static void
14649 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14650 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14651 enum bptype type_wanted,
14652 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14653 {
14654 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14655 }
14656
14657 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14658 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14659 breakpoint_ops. */
14660
14661 static void
14662 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14663 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14664 char *cond_string,
14665 char *extra_string,
14666 enum bptype type_wanted,
14667 enum bpdisp disposition,
14668 int thread,
14669 int task, int ignore_count,
14670 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14671 int from_tty, int enabled,
14672 int internal, unsigned flags)
14673 {
14674 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14675 extra_string,
14676 type_wanted, disposition,
14677 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14678 enabled, internal, flags);
14679 }
14680
14681 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14682 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14683
14684 static void
14685 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14686 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14687 {
14688 struct linespec_result canonical;
14689
14690 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14691 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14692 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14693 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14694 b->filter);
14695
14696 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14697 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14698
14699 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14700 {
14701 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14702
14703 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14704 *sals = lsal->sals;
14705 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14706 contents. */
14707 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14708 }
14709
14710 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14711 }
14712
14713 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14714
14715 static struct cleanup *
14716 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14717 {
14718 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14719
14720 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14721 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14722 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14723 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14724 set_language (b->language);
14725
14726 return cleanups;
14727 }
14728
14729 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14730 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14731 Unused in this case. */
14732
14733 static int
14734 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14735 {
14736 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14737 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14738 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14739
14740 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14741 b->ops->re_set (b);
14742 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14743 return 0;
14744 }
14745
14746 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14747 void
14748 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14749 {
14750 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14751 enum language save_language;
14752 int save_input_radix;
14753 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14754
14755 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14756 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14757 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14758
14759 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14760 {
14761 /* Format possible error msg. */
14762 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14763 b->number);
14764 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14765 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14766 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14767 }
14768 set_language (save_language);
14769 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14770
14771 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14772
14773 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14774
14775 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14776 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14777 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14778 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14779 }
14780 \f
14781 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14782
14783 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14784 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14785 void
14786 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14787 {
14788 if (b->thread != -1)
14789 {
14790 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14791 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14792
14793 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14794 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14795 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14796 as well. */
14797 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14798 }
14799 }
14800
14801 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14802 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14803 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14804
14805 void
14806 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14807 {
14808 struct breakpoint *b;
14809
14810 if (count < 0)
14811 count = 0;
14812
14813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14814 if (b->number == bptnum)
14815 {
14816 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14817 {
14818 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14819 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14820 bptnum);
14821 return;
14822 }
14823
14824 b->ignore_count = count;
14825 if (from_tty)
14826 {
14827 if (count == 0)
14828 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14829 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14830 bptnum);
14831 else if (count == 1)
14832 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14833 bptnum);
14834 else
14835 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14836 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14837 count, bptnum);
14838 }
14839 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14840 return;
14841 }
14842
14843 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14844 }
14845
14846 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14847
14848 static void
14849 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14850 {
14851 char *p = args;
14852 int num;
14853
14854 if (p == 0)
14855 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14856
14857 num = get_number (&p);
14858 if (num == 0)
14859 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14860 if (*p == 0)
14861 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14862
14863 set_ignore_count (num,
14864 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14865 from_tty);
14866 if (from_tty)
14867 printf_filtered ("\n");
14868 }
14869 \f
14870 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14871 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14872
14873 static void
14874 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14875 void *),
14876 void *data)
14877 {
14878 int num;
14879 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14880 int match;
14881 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14882
14883 if (args == 0)
14884 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14885
14886 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14887
14888 while (!state.finished)
14889 {
14890 const char *p = state.string;
14891
14892 match = 0;
14893
14894 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14895 if (num == 0)
14896 {
14897 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14898 }
14899 else
14900 {
14901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14902 if (b->number == num)
14903 {
14904 match = 1;
14905 function (b, data);
14906 break;
14907 }
14908 if (match == 0)
14909 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14910 }
14911 }
14912 }
14913
14914 static struct bp_location *
14915 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14916 {
14917 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14918 char *p1;
14919 int bp_num;
14920 int loc_num;
14921 struct breakpoint *b;
14922 struct bp_location *loc;
14923
14924 *dot = '\0';
14925
14926 p1 = number;
14927 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14928 if (bp_num == 0)
14929 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14930
14931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14932 if (b->number == bp_num)
14933 {
14934 break;
14935 }
14936
14937 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14938 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14939
14940 p1 = dot+1;
14941 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14942 if (loc_num == 0)
14943 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14944
14945 --loc_num;
14946 loc = b->loc;
14947 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14948 ;
14949 if (!loc)
14950 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14951
14952 return loc;
14953 }
14954
14955
14956 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14957 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14958 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14959
14960 void
14961 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14962 {
14963 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14964 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14965 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14966 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14967 return;
14968
14969 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14970
14971 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14972 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14973
14974 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14975 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14976 {
14977 struct bp_location *location;
14978
14979 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14980 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14981 }
14982
14983 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14984
14985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14986 }
14987
14988 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14989
14990 static void
14991 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14992 {
14993 disable_breakpoint (b);
14994 }
14995
14996 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14997 disable_breakpoint. */
14998
14999 static void
15000 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15001 {
15002 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15003 }
15004
15005 static void
15006 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15007 {
15008 if (args == 0)
15009 {
15010 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15011
15012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15013 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15014 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15015 }
15016 else
15017 {
15018 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15019
15020 while (num)
15021 {
15022 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15023 {
15024 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15025
15026 if (loc)
15027 {
15028 if (loc->enabled)
15029 {
15030 loc->enabled = 0;
15031 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15032 }
15033 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15034 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15035 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15036 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15037 }
15038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15039 }
15040 else
15041 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15042 num = extract_arg (&args);
15043 }
15044 }
15045 }
15046
15047 static void
15048 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15049 int count)
15050 {
15051 int target_resources_ok;
15052
15053 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15054 {
15055 int i;
15056 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15057 target_resources_ok =
15058 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15059 i + 1, 0);
15060 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15061 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15062 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15063 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15064 }
15065
15066 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15067 {
15068 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15069 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15070 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15071
15072 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15073 {
15074 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15075
15076 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15077 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15078 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15079 }
15080 if (e.reason < 0)
15081 {
15082 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15083 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15084 bpt->number);
15085 return;
15086 }
15087 }
15088
15089 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15090
15091 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15092 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15093
15094 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15095 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15096 {
15097 struct bp_location *location;
15098
15099 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15100 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15101 }
15102
15103 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15104 bpt->enable_count = count;
15105 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15106
15107 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15108 }
15109
15110
15111 void
15112 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15113 {
15114 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15115 }
15116
15117 static void
15118 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15119 {
15120 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15121 }
15122
15123 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15124 enable_breakpoint. */
15125
15126 static void
15127 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15128 {
15129 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15130 }
15131
15132 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15133 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15134 in stopping the inferior. */
15135
15136 static void
15137 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15138 {
15139 if (args == 0)
15140 {
15141 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15142
15143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15144 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15145 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15146 }
15147 else
15148 {
15149 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15150
15151 while (num)
15152 {
15153 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15154 {
15155 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15156
15157 if (loc)
15158 {
15159 if (!loc->enabled)
15160 {
15161 loc->enabled = 1;
15162 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15163 }
15164 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15165 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15166 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15167 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15168 }
15169 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15170 }
15171 else
15172 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15173 num = extract_arg (&args);
15174 }
15175 }
15176 }
15177
15178 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15179 breakpoints. */
15180
15181 struct disp_data
15182 {
15183 enum bpdisp disp;
15184 int count;
15185 };
15186
15187 static void
15188 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15189 {
15190 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15191
15192 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15193 }
15194
15195 static void
15196 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15197 {
15198 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15199
15200 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15201 }
15202
15203 static void
15204 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15205 {
15206 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15207 }
15208
15209 static void
15210 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15211 {
15212 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15213
15214 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15215 }
15216
15217 static void
15218 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15219 {
15220 int count = get_number (&args);
15221
15222 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15223 }
15224
15225 static void
15226 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15227 {
15228 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15229
15230 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15231 }
15232
15233 static void
15234 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15235 {
15236 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15237 }
15238 \f
15239 static void
15240 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15241 {
15242 }
15243
15244 static void
15245 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15246 {
15247 }
15248
15249 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15250 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15251 GDB itself. */
15252
15253 static void
15254 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15255 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15256 const bfd_byte *data)
15257 {
15258 struct breakpoint *bp;
15259
15260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15261 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15262 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15263 {
15264 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15265
15266 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15267 {
15268 struct bp_location *loc;
15269
15270 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15271 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15272 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15273 && addr + len > loc->address)
15274 {
15275 value_free (wp->val);
15276 wp->val = NULL;
15277 wp->val_valid = 0;
15278 }
15279 }
15280 }
15281 }
15282
15283 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15284
15285 void
15286 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15287 struct address_space *aspace,
15288 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15289 {
15290 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15291 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15292 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15293
15294 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15295 {
15296 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15297 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15298 }
15299
15300 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15301 sal.pc = pc;
15302 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15303 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15304 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15305
15306 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15307 }
15308
15309 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15310
15311 int
15312 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15313 struct address_space *aspace,
15314 CORE_ADDR pc)
15315 {
15316 struct bp_location *loc;
15317
15318 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15319 if (loc->inserted
15320 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15321 return 1;
15322
15323 return 0;
15324 }
15325
15326 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15327 PC. */
15328
15329 int
15330 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15331 CORE_ADDR pc)
15332 {
15333 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15334
15335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15336 {
15337 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15338 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15339 return 1;
15340 }
15341 return 0;
15342 }
15343
15344 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15345 non-zero otherwise. */
15346 static int
15347 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15348 {
15349 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15350 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15351 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15352 return 1;
15353 else
15354 return 0;
15355 }
15356
15357 int
15358 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15359 {
15360 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15361 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15362
15363 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15364 }
15365
15366 int
15367 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15368 {
15369 struct breakpoint *bp;
15370
15371 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15372 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15373 {
15374 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15375
15376 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15377 {
15378 int i, iter;
15379 for (i = 0;
15380 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15381 i++)
15382 if (syscall_number == iter)
15383 return 1;
15384 }
15385 else
15386 return 1;
15387 }
15388
15389 return 0;
15390 }
15391
15392 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15393 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15394 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15395 const char *text, const char *word)
15396 {
15397 const char **list = get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15398 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15399 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15400
15401 xfree (list);
15402 return retlist;
15403 }
15404
15405 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15406
15407 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15408 static void
15409 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15410 {
15411 tracepoint_count = num;
15412 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15413 }
15414
15415 static void
15416 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15417 {
15418 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15419 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15420
15421 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15422 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15423 else
15424 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15425
15426 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15427 arg,
15428 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15429 0 /* tempflag */,
15430 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15431 0 /* Ignore count */,
15432 pending_break_support,
15433 ops,
15434 from_tty,
15435 1 /* enabled */,
15436 0 /* internal */, 0);
15437 }
15438
15439 static void
15440 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15441 {
15442 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15443 arg,
15444 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15445 0 /* tempflag */,
15446 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15447 0 /* Ignore count */,
15448 pending_break_support,
15449 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15450 from_tty,
15451 1 /* enabled */,
15452 0 /* internal */, 0);
15453 }
15454
15455 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15456
15457 static void
15458 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15459 {
15460 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15461
15462 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15463 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15464 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15465 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15466 else
15467 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15468
15469 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15470 arg,
15471 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15472 0 /* tempflag */,
15473 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15474 0 /* Ignore count */,
15475 pending_break_support,
15476 ops,
15477 from_tty,
15478 1 /* enabled */,
15479 0 /* internal */, 0);
15480 }
15481
15482 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15483 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15484
15485 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15486 static int next_cmd;
15487
15488 static char *
15489 read_uploaded_action (void)
15490 {
15491 char *rslt;
15492
15493 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15494
15495 next_cmd++;
15496
15497 return rslt;
15498 }
15499
15500 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15501 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15502 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15503 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15504 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15505
15506 struct tracepoint *
15507 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15508 {
15509 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15510 struct tracepoint *tp;
15511
15512 if (utp->at_string)
15513 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15514 else
15515 {
15516 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15517 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15518 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15519 user. */
15520 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15521 "source location, using raw address"),
15522 utp->number);
15523 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15524 addr_str = small_buf;
15525 }
15526
15527 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15528 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15529 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15530 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15531 utp->number);
15532
15533 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15534 addr_str,
15535 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15536 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15537 0 /* tempflag */,
15538 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15539 0 /* Ignore count */,
15540 pending_break_support,
15541 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15542 0 /* from_tty */,
15543 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15544 0 /* internal */,
15545 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15546 return NULL;
15547
15548 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15549 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15550 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15551
15552 if (utp->pass > 0)
15553 {
15554 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15555 tp->base.number);
15556
15557 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15558 }
15559
15560 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15561 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15562 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15563 function. */
15564 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15565 {
15566 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15567
15568 this_utp = utp;
15569 next_cmd = 0;
15570
15571 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15572
15573 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15574 }
15575 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15576 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15577 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15578 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15579 utp->number);
15580
15581 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15582 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15583 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15584
15585 return tp;
15586 }
15587
15588 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15589 omitted. */
15590
15591 static void
15592 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15593 {
15594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15595 int num_printed;
15596
15597 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15598
15599 if (num_printed == 0)
15600 {
15601 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15602 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15603 else
15604 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15605 }
15606
15607 default_collect_info ();
15608 }
15609
15610 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15611 Not supported by all targets. */
15612 static void
15613 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15614 {
15615 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15616 }
15617
15618 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15619 Not supported by all targets. */
15620 static void
15621 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15622 {
15623 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15624 }
15625
15626 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15627 static void
15628 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15629 {
15630 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15631
15632 dont_repeat ();
15633
15634 if (arg == 0)
15635 {
15636 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15637
15638 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15639 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15640 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15641 argument. */
15642 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15643 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15644 {
15645 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15646 break;
15647 }
15648
15649 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15650 if (!from_tty
15651 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15652 {
15653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15654 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15655 delete_breakpoint (b);
15656 }
15657 }
15658 else
15659 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15660 }
15661
15662 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15663
15664 static void
15665 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15666 {
15667 tp->pass_count = count;
15668 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15669 if (from_tty)
15670 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15671 tp->base.number, count);
15672 }
15673
15674 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15675
15676 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15677 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15678 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15679
15680 static void
15681 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15682 {
15683 struct tracepoint *t1;
15684 unsigned int count;
15685
15686 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15687 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15688 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15689
15690 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15691
15692 args = skip_spaces (args);
15693 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15694 {
15695 struct breakpoint *b;
15696
15697 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15698 if (*args)
15699 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15700
15701 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15702 {
15703 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15704 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15705 }
15706 }
15707 else if (*args == '\0')
15708 {
15709 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15710 if (t1)
15711 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15712 }
15713 else
15714 {
15715 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15716
15717 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15718 while (!state.finished)
15719 {
15720 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15721 if (t1)
15722 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15723 }
15724 }
15725 }
15726
15727 struct tracepoint *
15728 get_tracepoint (int num)
15729 {
15730 struct breakpoint *t;
15731
15732 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15733 if (t->number == num)
15734 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15735
15736 return NULL;
15737 }
15738
15739 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15740 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15741 reconnecting). */
15742
15743 struct tracepoint *
15744 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15745 {
15746 struct breakpoint *b;
15747
15748 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15749 {
15750 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15751
15752 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15753 return t;
15754 }
15755
15756 return NULL;
15757 }
15758
15759 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15760 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15761 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15762 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15763
15764 struct tracepoint *
15765 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15766 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15767 {
15768 struct breakpoint *t;
15769 int tpnum;
15770 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15771
15772 if (state)
15773 {
15774 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15775 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15776 }
15777 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15778 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15779 else
15780 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15781
15782 if (tpnum <= 0)
15783 {
15784 if (instring && *instring)
15785 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15786 instring);
15787 else
15788 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15789 return NULL;
15790 }
15791
15792 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15793 if (t->number == tpnum)
15794 {
15795 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15796 }
15797
15798 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15799 return NULL;
15800 }
15801
15802 void
15803 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15804 {
15805 if (b->thread != -1)
15806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15807
15808 if (b->task != 0)
15809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15810
15811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15812 }
15813
15814 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15815 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15816 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15817 non-zero. */
15818
15819 static void
15820 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15821 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15822 {
15823 struct breakpoint *tp;
15824 int any = 0;
15825 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15826 struct ui_file *fp;
15827 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15828
15829 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15830 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15831
15832 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15834 {
15835 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15836 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15837 continue;
15838
15839 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15840 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15841 continue;
15842
15843 any = 1;
15844
15845 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15846 {
15847 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15848
15849 /* We can stop searching. */
15850 break;
15851 }
15852 }
15853
15854 if (!any)
15855 {
15856 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15857 return;
15858 }
15859
15860 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15861 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15862 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15863 if (!fp)
15864 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15865 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15866 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15867
15868 if (extra_trace_bits)
15869 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15870
15871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15872 {
15873 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15874 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15875 continue;
15876
15877 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15878 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15879 continue;
15880
15881 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15882
15883 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15884 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15885 instead. */
15886
15887 if (tp->cond_string)
15888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15889
15890 if (tp->ignore_count)
15891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15892
15893 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15894 {
15895 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15896
15897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15898
15899 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15900 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15901 {
15902 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15903 }
15904 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15905
15906 if (ex.reason < 0)
15907 throw_exception (ex);
15908
15909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15910 }
15911
15912 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15914
15915 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15916 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15917 special, and not user visible. */
15918 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15919 {
15920 struct bp_location *loc;
15921 int n = 1;
15922
15923 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15924 if (!loc->enabled)
15925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15926 }
15927 }
15928
15929 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15930 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15931
15932 if (from_tty)
15933 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15934 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15935 }
15936
15937 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15938
15939 static void
15940 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15941 {
15942 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15943 }
15944
15945 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15946
15947 static void
15948 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15949 {
15950 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15951 }
15952
15953 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15954
15955 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15956 all_tracepoints (void)
15957 {
15958 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15959 struct breakpoint *tp;
15960
15961 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15962 {
15963 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15964 }
15965
15966 return tp_vec;
15967 }
15968
15969 \f
15970 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15971 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15972 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15973 command. */
15974 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15975 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15976 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15977 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15978 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15979 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15980 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15981 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15982 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15983 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15984 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15985 \n\
15986 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15987 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15988 \n\
15989 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15990 conditions are different.\n\
15991 \n\
15992 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15993
15994 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15995 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15996
15997 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15998 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15999
16000 void
16001 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16002 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16003 completer_ftype *completer,
16004 void *user_data_catch,
16005 void *user_data_tcatch)
16006 {
16007 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16008
16009 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16010 &catch_cmdlist);
16011 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16012 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16013 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16014
16015 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16016 &tcatch_cmdlist);
16017 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16018 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16019 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16020 }
16021
16022 static void
16023 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16024 {
16025 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16026 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16027
16028 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16029 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16030 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16031 }
16032
16033 static void
16034 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16035 {
16036 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16037 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16038 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16039 }
16040
16041 struct breakpoint *
16042 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16043 void *data)
16044 {
16045 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16046
16047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16048 {
16049 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16050 return b;
16051 }
16052
16053 return NULL;
16054 }
16055
16056 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16057 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16058
16059 static int
16060 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16061 {
16062 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16063 non-inline function. */
16064 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16065 return 1;
16066
16067 return 0;
16068 }
16069
16070 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16071 have been inlined. */
16072
16073 int
16074 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16075 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16076 {
16077 struct breakpoint *b;
16078 struct bp_location *bl;
16079
16080 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16081 {
16082 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16083 continue;
16084
16085 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16086 {
16087 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16088 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16089 return 1;
16090 }
16091 }
16092
16093 return 0;
16094 }
16095
16096 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16097
16098 void
16099 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16100 {
16101 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16102
16103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16104 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
16105 loc->symtab = NULL;
16106 }
16107
16108 void
16109 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16110 {
16111 static int initialized = 0;
16112
16113 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16114
16115 if (initialized)
16116 return;
16117 initialized = 1;
16118
16119 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16120 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16121 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16122 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16123 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16124 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16125 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16126 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16127 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16128 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16129 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16130 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16131
16132 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16133 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16134 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16135 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16136 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16137 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16138 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16139 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16140
16141 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16142 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16143 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16144 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16145 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16146 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16147 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16148 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16149 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16150 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16151
16152 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16153 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16154 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16155 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16156 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16157 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16158 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16159
16160 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16161 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16162 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16163 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16164 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16165 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16166 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16167
16168 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16169 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16170 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16171 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16172
16173 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16174 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16175 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16176 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16177 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16178 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16179 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16180
16181 /* Watchpoints. */
16182 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16183 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16184 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16185 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16186 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16187 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16188 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16189 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16190 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16191 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16192 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16193 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16194 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16195 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16196
16197 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16198 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16199 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16200 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16201 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16202 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16203 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16204 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16205 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16206 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16207 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16208
16209 /* Tracepoints. */
16210 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16211 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16212 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16213 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16214 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16215 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16216 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16217 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16218 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16219 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16220
16221 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16222 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16223 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16224 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16225 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16226
16227 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16228 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16229 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16230 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16231 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16232 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16233
16234 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16235 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16236 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16237 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16238 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16239 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16240 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16241 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16242 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16243 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16244
16245 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16246 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16247 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16248 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16249 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16250 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16251 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16252 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16253 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16254 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16255
16256 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16257 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16258 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16259 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16260 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16261 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16262 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16263 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16264 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16265 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16266 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16267
16268 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16269 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16270 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16271 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16272 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16273 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16274 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16275 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16276 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16277 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16278 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16279
16280 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16281 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16282 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16283 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16284 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16285 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16286 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16287 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16288 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16289 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16290 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16291 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16292
16293 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16294 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16295 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16296 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16297 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16298 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16299 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16300 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16301 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16302 }
16303
16304 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16305
16306 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16307
16308 void
16309 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16310 {
16311 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16312
16313 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16314
16315 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16316 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16317 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16318 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16319
16320 breakpoint_objfile_key
16321 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16322
16323 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16324 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16325 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16326
16327 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16328 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16329 before a breakpoint is set. */
16330 breakpoint_count = 0;
16331
16332 tracepoint_count = 0;
16333
16334 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16335 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16336 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16337 if (xdb_commands)
16338 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16339
16340 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16341 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16342 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16343 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16344 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16345 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16346 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16347 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16348
16349 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16350 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16351 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16352 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16353 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16354
16355 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16356 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16357 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16358 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16359 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16360 \n"
16361 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16362 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16363
16364 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16365 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16366 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16367 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16368 \n"
16369 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16371
16372 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16373 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16374 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16375 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16376 \n"
16377 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16378 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16379
16380 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16381 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16382 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16383 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16384 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16385 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16386 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16387 if (xdb_commands)
16388 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16389 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16390 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16391 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16392 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16393 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16394
16395 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16396
16397 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16398 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16399 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16400 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16401 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16402 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16403
16404 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16405 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16406 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16407 &enablebreaklist);
16408
16409 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16410 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16411 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16412 &enablebreaklist);
16413
16414 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16415 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16416 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16417 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16418 &enablebreaklist);
16419
16420 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16421 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16422 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16423 &enablelist);
16424
16425 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16426 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16427 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16428 &enablelist);
16429
16430 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16431 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16432 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16433 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16434 &enablelist);
16435
16436 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16437 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16438 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16439 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16440 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16441 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16442 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16443 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16444 if (xdb_commands)
16445 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16446 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16447 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16448 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16449 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16450
16451 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16452 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16453 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16454 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16455 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16456 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16457 &disablelist);
16458
16459 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16460 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16461 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16462 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16463 \n\
16464 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16465 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16466 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16467 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16468 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16469 if (xdb_commands)
16470 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16471 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16472 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16473 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16474
16475 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16476 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16477 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16478 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16479 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16480 &deletelist);
16481
16482 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16483 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16484 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16485 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16486 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16487 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16488 \n\
16489 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16490 is executing in.\n\
16491 \n\
16492 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16493 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16494
16495 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16496 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16497 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16498 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16499
16500 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16501 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16502 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16503 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16504
16505 if (xdb_commands)
16506 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16507
16508 if (dbx_commands)
16509 {
16510 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16511 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16512 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16513 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16514 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16515 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16516 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16517 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16518 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16519 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16520 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16521 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16522 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16523 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16524 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16525 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16526 \n\
16527 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16528 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16529 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16530 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16531 breakpoint set."));
16532 }
16533
16534 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16535 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16536 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16537 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16538 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16539 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16540 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16541 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16542 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16543 \n\
16544 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16545 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16546 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16547 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16548 breakpoint set."));
16549
16550 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16551
16552 if (xdb_commands)
16553 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16554 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16555 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16556 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16557 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16558 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16559 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16560 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16561 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16562 \n\
16563 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16564 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16565 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16566 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16567 breakpoint set."));
16568
16569 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16570 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16571 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16572 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16573 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16574 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16575 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16576 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16577 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16578 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16579 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16580 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16581 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16582 \n\
16583 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16584 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16585 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16587 breakpoint set."),
16588 &maintenanceinfolist);
16589
16590 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16591 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16592 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16593 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16594
16595 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16596 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16597 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16598 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16599
16600 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16601 catch_fork_command_1,
16602 NULL,
16603 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16604 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16605 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16606 catch_fork_command_1,
16607 NULL,
16608 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16609 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16610 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16611 catch_exec_command_1,
16612 NULL,
16613 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16614 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16615 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16616 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16617 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16618 catch_load_command_1,
16619 NULL,
16620 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16621 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16622 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16623 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16624 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16625 catch_unload_command_1,
16626 NULL,
16627 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16628 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16629 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16630 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16631 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16632 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16633 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16634 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16635 catch_syscall_command_1,
16636 catch_syscall_completer,
16637 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16638 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16639
16640 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16641 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16642 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16643 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16644 an expression changes.\n\
16645 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16646 the memory to which it refers."));
16647 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16648
16649 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16650 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16651 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16652 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16653 an expression is read.\n\
16654 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16655 the memory to which it refers."));
16656 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16657
16658 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16659 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16660 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16661 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16662 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16663 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16664 the memory to which it refers."));
16665 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16666
16667 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16668 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16669
16670 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16671 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16672 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16673 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16674 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16675 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16676 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16677 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16678 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16679 hardware.)"),
16680 NULL,
16681 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16682 &setlist, &showlist);
16683
16684 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16685
16686 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16687
16688 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16689 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16690 \n"
16691 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16692 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16693 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16694
16695 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16696 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16697 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16698 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16699
16700 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16701 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16702 \n"
16703 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16704 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16705 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16706
16707 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16708 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16709 \n\
16710 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16711 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16712 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16713 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16714 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16715 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16716 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16717 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16718 the selected stack frame.\n\
16719 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16720 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16721 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16722 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16723 \n\
16724 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16725 \n\
16726 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16727 conditions are different.\n\
16728 \n\
16729 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16730 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16731 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16732
16733 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16734 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16735 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16736 last tracepoint set."));
16737
16738 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16739
16740 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16741 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16742 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16743 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16744 &deletelist);
16745 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16746
16747 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16748 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16749 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16750 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16751 &disablelist);
16752 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16753
16754 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16755 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16756 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16757 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16758 &enablelist);
16759 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16760
16761 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16762 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16763 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16764 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16765 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16766
16767 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16768 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16769 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16770 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16771
16772 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16773 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16774 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16775 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16776 session to restore them."),
16777 &save_cmdlist);
16778 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16779
16780 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16781 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16782 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16783 &save_cmdlist);
16784 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16785
16786 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16787 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16788
16789 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16790 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16791 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16792 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16793 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16794 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16795 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16796 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16797 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16798 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16799 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16800 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16801
16802 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16803 &pending_break_support, _("\
16804 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16805 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16806 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16807 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16808 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16809 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16810 NULL,
16811 show_pending_break_support,
16812 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16813 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16814
16815 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16816
16817 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16818 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16819 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16820 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16821 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16822 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16823 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16824 NULL,
16825 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16826 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16827 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16828
16829 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16830 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16831 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16832 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16833 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16834 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16835 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16836 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16837 when execution stops."),
16838 NULL,
16839 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16840 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16841 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16842
16843 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16844 condition_evaluation_enums,
16845 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16846 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16847 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16848 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16849 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16850 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16851 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16852 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16853 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16854 be set to \"gdb\""),
16855 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16856 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16857 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16858 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16859
16860 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16861 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16862 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16863 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16864 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16865 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16866 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16867 or the start of the range\n\
16868 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16869 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16870 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16871 \n\
16872 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16873 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16874 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16875
16876 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16877 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16878 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16879 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16880 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16881 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16882 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16883
16884 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16885 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16886 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16887 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16888 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16889 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16890 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16891 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16892 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16893 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16894 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16895 &setlist, &showlist);
16896
16897 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16898 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16899 &dprintf_function, _("\
16900 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16901 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16902 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16903 &setlist, &showlist);
16904
16905 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16906 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16907 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16908 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16909 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16910 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16911 &setlist, &showlist);
16912
16913 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16914 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16915 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16916 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16917 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16918 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16919 NULL,
16920 NULL,
16921 &setlist, &showlist);
16922
16923 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16924 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16925 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16926
16927 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16928
16929 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16930 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16931 }
This page took 0.535924 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.